2 * This file is part of the Chelsio T4 Ethernet driver for Linux.
4 * Copyright (c) 2003-2016 Chelsio Communications, Inc. All rights reserved.
6 * This software is available to you under a choice of one of two
7 * licenses. You may choose to be licensed under the terms of the GNU
8 * General Public License (GPL) Version 2, available from the file
9 * COPYING in the main directory of this source tree, or the
10 * OpenIB.org BSD license below:
12 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
13 * without modification, are permitted provided that the following
16 * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above
17 * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
20 * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
21 * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
22 * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
23 * provided with the distribution.
25 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
26 * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
27 * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
28 * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
29 * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
30 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
31 * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
35 #include <linux/delay.h>
38 #include "t4_values.h"
40 #include "t4fw_version.h"
43 * t4_wait_op_done_val - wait until an operation is completed
44 * @adapter: the adapter performing the operation
45 * @reg: the register to check for completion
46 * @mask: a single-bit field within @reg that indicates completion
47 * @polarity: the value of the field when the operation is completed
48 * @attempts: number of check iterations
49 * @delay: delay in usecs between iterations
50 * @valp: where to store the value of the register at completion time
52 * Wait until an operation is completed by checking a bit in a register
53 * up to @attempts times. If @valp is not NULL the value of the register
54 * at the time it indicated completion is stored there. Returns 0 if the
55 * operation completes and -EAGAIN otherwise.
57 static int t4_wait_op_done_val(struct adapter *adapter, int reg, u32 mask,
58 int polarity, int attempts, int delay, u32 *valp)
61 u32 val = t4_read_reg(adapter, reg);
63 if (!!(val & mask) == polarity) {
75 static inline int t4_wait_op_done(struct adapter *adapter, int reg, u32 mask,
76 int polarity, int attempts, int delay)
78 return t4_wait_op_done_val(adapter, reg, mask, polarity, attempts,
83 * t4_set_reg_field - set a register field to a value
84 * @adapter: the adapter to program
85 * @addr: the register address
86 * @mask: specifies the portion of the register to modify
87 * @val: the new value for the register field
89 * Sets a register field specified by the supplied mask to the
92 void t4_set_reg_field(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int addr, u32 mask,
95 u32 v = t4_read_reg(adapter, addr) & ~mask;
97 t4_write_reg(adapter, addr, v | val);
98 (void) t4_read_reg(adapter, addr); /* flush */
102 * t4_read_indirect - read indirectly addressed registers
104 * @addr_reg: register holding the indirect address
105 * @data_reg: register holding the value of the indirect register
106 * @vals: where the read register values are stored
107 * @nregs: how many indirect registers to read
108 * @start_idx: index of first indirect register to read
110 * Reads registers that are accessed indirectly through an address/data
113 void t4_read_indirect(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr_reg,
114 unsigned int data_reg, u32 *vals,
115 unsigned int nregs, unsigned int start_idx)
118 t4_write_reg(adap, addr_reg, start_idx);
119 *vals++ = t4_read_reg(adap, data_reg);
125 * t4_write_indirect - write indirectly addressed registers
127 * @addr_reg: register holding the indirect addresses
128 * @data_reg: register holding the value for the indirect registers
129 * @vals: values to write
130 * @nregs: how many indirect registers to write
131 * @start_idx: address of first indirect register to write
133 * Writes a sequential block of registers that are accessed indirectly
134 * through an address/data register pair.
136 void t4_write_indirect(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr_reg,
137 unsigned int data_reg, const u32 *vals,
138 unsigned int nregs, unsigned int start_idx)
141 t4_write_reg(adap, addr_reg, start_idx++);
142 t4_write_reg(adap, data_reg, *vals++);
147 * Read a 32-bit PCI Configuration Space register via the PCI-E backdoor
148 * mechanism. This guarantees that we get the real value even if we're
149 * operating within a Virtual Machine and the Hypervisor is trapping our
150 * Configuration Space accesses.
152 void t4_hw_pci_read_cfg4(struct adapter *adap, int reg, u32 *val)
154 u32 req = FUNCTION_V(adap->pf) | REGISTER_V(reg);
156 if (CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip) <= CHELSIO_T5)
161 if (is_t4(adap->params.chip))
164 t4_write_reg(adap, PCIE_CFG_SPACE_REQ_A, req);
165 *val = t4_read_reg(adap, PCIE_CFG_SPACE_DATA_A);
167 /* Reset ENABLE to 0 so reads of PCIE_CFG_SPACE_DATA won't cause a
168 * Configuration Space read. (None of the other fields matter when
169 * ENABLE is 0 so a simple register write is easier than a
170 * read-modify-write via t4_set_reg_field().)
172 t4_write_reg(adap, PCIE_CFG_SPACE_REQ_A, 0);
176 * t4_report_fw_error - report firmware error
179 * The adapter firmware can indicate error conditions to the host.
180 * If the firmware has indicated an error, print out the reason for
181 * the firmware error.
183 static void t4_report_fw_error(struct adapter *adap)
185 static const char *const reason[] = {
186 "Crash", /* PCIE_FW_EVAL_CRASH */
187 "During Device Preparation", /* PCIE_FW_EVAL_PREP */
188 "During Device Configuration", /* PCIE_FW_EVAL_CONF */
189 "During Device Initialization", /* PCIE_FW_EVAL_INIT */
190 "Unexpected Event", /* PCIE_FW_EVAL_UNEXPECTEDEVENT */
191 "Insufficient Airflow", /* PCIE_FW_EVAL_OVERHEAT */
192 "Device Shutdown", /* PCIE_FW_EVAL_DEVICESHUTDOWN */
193 "Reserved", /* reserved */
197 pcie_fw = t4_read_reg(adap, PCIE_FW_A);
198 if (pcie_fw & PCIE_FW_ERR_F)
199 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "Firmware reports adapter error: %s\n",
200 reason[PCIE_FW_EVAL_G(pcie_fw)]);
204 * Get the reply to a mailbox command and store it in @rpl in big-endian order.
206 static void get_mbox_rpl(struct adapter *adap, __be64 *rpl, int nflit,
209 for ( ; nflit; nflit--, mbox_addr += 8)
210 *rpl++ = cpu_to_be64(t4_read_reg64(adap, mbox_addr));
214 * Handle a FW assertion reported in a mailbox.
216 static void fw_asrt(struct adapter *adap, u32 mbox_addr)
218 struct fw_debug_cmd asrt;
220 get_mbox_rpl(adap, (__be64 *)&asrt, sizeof(asrt) / 8, mbox_addr);
221 dev_alert(adap->pdev_dev,
222 "FW assertion at %.16s:%u, val0 %#x, val1 %#x\n",
223 asrt.u.assert.filename_0_7, be32_to_cpu(asrt.u.assert.line),
224 be32_to_cpu(asrt.u.assert.x), be32_to_cpu(asrt.u.assert.y));
228 * t4_record_mbox - record a Firmware Mailbox Command/Reply in the log
229 * @adapter: the adapter
230 * @cmd: the Firmware Mailbox Command or Reply
231 * @size: command length in bytes
232 * @access: the time (ms) needed to access the Firmware Mailbox
233 * @execute: the time (ms) the command spent being executed
235 static void t4_record_mbox(struct adapter *adapter,
236 const __be64 *cmd, unsigned int size,
237 int access, int execute)
239 struct mbox_cmd_log *log = adapter->mbox_log;
240 struct mbox_cmd *entry;
243 entry = mbox_cmd_log_entry(log, log->cursor++);
244 if (log->cursor == log->size)
247 for (i = 0; i < size / 8; i++)
248 entry->cmd[i] = be64_to_cpu(cmd[i]);
249 while (i < MBOX_LEN / 8)
251 entry->timestamp = jiffies;
252 entry->seqno = log->seqno++;
253 entry->access = access;
254 entry->execute = execute;
258 * t4_wr_mbox_meat_timeout - send a command to FW through the given mailbox
260 * @mbox: index of the mailbox to use
261 * @cmd: the command to write
262 * @size: command length in bytes
263 * @rpl: where to optionally store the reply
264 * @sleep_ok: if true we may sleep while awaiting command completion
265 * @timeout: time to wait for command to finish before timing out
267 * Sends the given command to FW through the selected mailbox and waits
268 * for the FW to execute the command. If @rpl is not %NULL it is used to
269 * store the FW's reply to the command. The command and its optional
270 * reply are of the same length. FW can take up to %FW_CMD_MAX_TIMEOUT ms
271 * to respond. @sleep_ok determines whether we may sleep while awaiting
272 * the response. If sleeping is allowed we use progressive backoff
275 * The return value is 0 on success or a negative errno on failure. A
276 * failure can happen either because we are not able to execute the
277 * command or FW executes it but signals an error. In the latter case
278 * the return value is the error code indicated by FW (negated).
280 int t4_wr_mbox_meat_timeout(struct adapter *adap, int mbox, const void *cmd,
281 int size, void *rpl, bool sleep_ok, int timeout)
283 static const int delay[] = {
284 1, 1, 3, 5, 10, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200
287 struct mbox_list entry;
292 int i, ms, delay_idx, ret;
293 const __be64 *p = cmd;
294 u32 data_reg = PF_REG(mbox, CIM_PF_MAILBOX_DATA_A);
295 u32 ctl_reg = PF_REG(mbox, CIM_PF_MAILBOX_CTRL_A);
296 __be64 cmd_rpl[MBOX_LEN / 8];
299 if ((size & 15) || size > MBOX_LEN)
303 * If the device is off-line, as in EEH, commands will time out.
304 * Fail them early so we don't waste time waiting.
306 if (adap->pdev->error_state != pci_channel_io_normal)
309 /* If we have a negative timeout, that implies that we can't sleep. */
315 /* Queue ourselves onto the mailbox access list. When our entry is at
316 * the front of the list, we have rights to access the mailbox. So we
317 * wait [for a while] till we're at the front [or bail out with an
320 spin_lock(&adap->mbox_lock);
321 list_add_tail(&entry.list, &adap->mlist.list);
322 spin_unlock(&adap->mbox_lock);
327 for (i = 0; ; i += ms) {
328 /* If we've waited too long, return a busy indication. This
329 * really ought to be based on our initial position in the
330 * mailbox access list but this is a start. We very rearely
331 * contend on access to the mailbox ...
333 pcie_fw = t4_read_reg(adap, PCIE_FW_A);
334 if (i > FW_CMD_MAX_TIMEOUT || (pcie_fw & PCIE_FW_ERR_F)) {
335 spin_lock(&adap->mbox_lock);
336 list_del(&entry.list);
337 spin_unlock(&adap->mbox_lock);
338 ret = (pcie_fw & PCIE_FW_ERR_F) ? -ENXIO : -EBUSY;
339 t4_record_mbox(adap, cmd, size, access, ret);
343 /* If we're at the head, break out and start the mailbox
346 if (list_first_entry(&adap->mlist.list, struct mbox_list,
350 /* Delay for a bit before checking again ... */
352 ms = delay[delay_idx]; /* last element may repeat */
353 if (delay_idx < ARRAY_SIZE(delay) - 1)
361 /* Loop trying to get ownership of the mailbox. Return an error
362 * if we can't gain ownership.
364 v = MBOWNER_G(t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg));
365 for (i = 0; v == MBOX_OWNER_NONE && i < 3; i++)
366 v = MBOWNER_G(t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg));
367 if (v != MBOX_OWNER_DRV) {
368 spin_lock(&adap->mbox_lock);
369 list_del(&entry.list);
370 spin_unlock(&adap->mbox_lock);
371 ret = (v == MBOX_OWNER_FW) ? -EBUSY : -ETIMEDOUT;
372 t4_record_mbox(adap, cmd, size, access, ret);
376 /* Copy in the new mailbox command and send it on its way ... */
377 t4_record_mbox(adap, cmd, size, access, 0);
378 for (i = 0; i < size; i += 8)
379 t4_write_reg64(adap, data_reg + i, be64_to_cpu(*p++));
381 t4_write_reg(adap, ctl_reg, MBMSGVALID_F | MBOWNER_V(MBOX_OWNER_FW));
382 t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg); /* flush write */
388 !((pcie_fw = t4_read_reg(adap, PCIE_FW_A)) & PCIE_FW_ERR_F) &&
392 ms = delay[delay_idx]; /* last element may repeat */
393 if (delay_idx < ARRAY_SIZE(delay) - 1)
399 v = t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg);
400 if (MBOWNER_G(v) == MBOX_OWNER_DRV) {
401 if (!(v & MBMSGVALID_F)) {
402 t4_write_reg(adap, ctl_reg, 0);
406 get_mbox_rpl(adap, cmd_rpl, MBOX_LEN / 8, data_reg);
407 res = be64_to_cpu(cmd_rpl[0]);
409 if (FW_CMD_OP_G(res >> 32) == FW_DEBUG_CMD) {
410 fw_asrt(adap, data_reg);
411 res = FW_CMD_RETVAL_V(EIO);
413 memcpy(rpl, cmd_rpl, size);
416 t4_write_reg(adap, ctl_reg, 0);
419 t4_record_mbox(adap, cmd_rpl,
420 MBOX_LEN, access, execute);
421 spin_lock(&adap->mbox_lock);
422 list_del(&entry.list);
423 spin_unlock(&adap->mbox_lock);
424 return -FW_CMD_RETVAL_G((int)res);
428 ret = (pcie_fw & PCIE_FW_ERR_F) ? -ENXIO : -ETIMEDOUT;
429 t4_record_mbox(adap, cmd, size, access, ret);
430 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "command %#x in mailbox %d timed out\n",
431 *(const u8 *)cmd, mbox);
432 t4_report_fw_error(adap);
433 spin_lock(&adap->mbox_lock);
434 list_del(&entry.list);
435 spin_unlock(&adap->mbox_lock);
440 int t4_wr_mbox_meat(struct adapter *adap, int mbox, const void *cmd, int size,
441 void *rpl, bool sleep_ok)
443 return t4_wr_mbox_meat_timeout(adap, mbox, cmd, size, rpl, sleep_ok,
447 static int t4_edc_err_read(struct adapter *adap, int idx)
449 u32 edc_ecc_err_addr_reg;
452 if (is_t4(adap->params.chip)) {
453 CH_WARN(adap, "%s: T4 NOT supported.\n", __func__);
456 if (idx != 0 && idx != 1) {
457 CH_WARN(adap, "%s: idx %d NOT supported.\n", __func__, idx);
461 edc_ecc_err_addr_reg = EDC_T5_REG(EDC_H_ECC_ERR_ADDR_A, idx);
462 rdata_reg = EDC_T5_REG(EDC_H_BIST_STATUS_RDATA_A, idx);
465 "edc%d err addr 0x%x: 0x%x.\n",
466 idx, edc_ecc_err_addr_reg,
467 t4_read_reg(adap, edc_ecc_err_addr_reg));
469 "bist: 0x%x, status %llx %llx %llx %llx %llx %llx %llx %llx %llx.\n",
471 (unsigned long long)t4_read_reg64(adap, rdata_reg),
472 (unsigned long long)t4_read_reg64(adap, rdata_reg + 8),
473 (unsigned long long)t4_read_reg64(adap, rdata_reg + 16),
474 (unsigned long long)t4_read_reg64(adap, rdata_reg + 24),
475 (unsigned long long)t4_read_reg64(adap, rdata_reg + 32),
476 (unsigned long long)t4_read_reg64(adap, rdata_reg + 40),
477 (unsigned long long)t4_read_reg64(adap, rdata_reg + 48),
478 (unsigned long long)t4_read_reg64(adap, rdata_reg + 56),
479 (unsigned long long)t4_read_reg64(adap, rdata_reg + 64));
485 * t4_memory_rw - read/write EDC 0, EDC 1 or MC via PCIE memory window
487 * @win: PCI-E Memory Window to use
488 * @mtype: memory type: MEM_EDC0, MEM_EDC1 or MEM_MC
489 * @addr: address within indicated memory type
490 * @len: amount of memory to transfer
491 * @hbuf: host memory buffer
492 * @dir: direction of transfer T4_MEMORY_READ (1) or T4_MEMORY_WRITE (0)
494 * Reads/writes an [almost] arbitrary memory region in the firmware: the
495 * firmware memory address and host buffer must be aligned on 32-bit
496 * boudaries; the length may be arbitrary. The memory is transferred as
497 * a raw byte sequence from/to the firmware's memory. If this memory
498 * contains data structures which contain multi-byte integers, it's the
499 * caller's responsibility to perform appropriate byte order conversions.
501 int t4_memory_rw(struct adapter *adap, int win, int mtype, u32 addr,
502 u32 len, void *hbuf, int dir)
504 u32 pos, offset, resid, memoffset;
505 u32 edc_size, mc_size, win_pf, mem_reg, mem_aperture, mem_base;
508 /* Argument sanity checks ...
510 if (addr & 0x3 || (uintptr_t)hbuf & 0x3)
514 /* It's convenient to be able to handle lengths which aren't a
515 * multiple of 32-bits because we often end up transferring files to
516 * the firmware. So we'll handle that by normalizing the length here
517 * and then handling any residual transfer at the end.
522 /* Offset into the region of memory which is being accessed
525 * MEM_MC = 2 -- MEM_MC for chips with only 1 memory controller
526 * MEM_MC1 = 3 -- for chips with 2 memory controllers (e.g. T5)
528 edc_size = EDRAM0_SIZE_G(t4_read_reg(adap, MA_EDRAM0_BAR_A));
529 if (mtype != MEM_MC1)
530 memoffset = (mtype * (edc_size * 1024 * 1024));
532 mc_size = EXT_MEM0_SIZE_G(t4_read_reg(adap,
533 MA_EXT_MEMORY0_BAR_A));
534 memoffset = (MEM_MC0 * edc_size + mc_size) * 1024 * 1024;
537 /* Determine the PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_OFFSET */
538 addr = addr + memoffset;
540 /* Each PCI-E Memory Window is programmed with a window size -- or
541 * "aperture" -- which controls the granularity of its mapping onto
542 * adapter memory. We need to grab that aperture in order to know
543 * how to use the specified window. The window is also programmed
544 * with the base address of the Memory Window in BAR0's address
545 * space. For T4 this is an absolute PCI-E Bus Address. For T5
546 * the address is relative to BAR0.
548 mem_reg = t4_read_reg(adap,
549 PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_REG(PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_BASE_WIN_A,
551 mem_aperture = 1 << (WINDOW_G(mem_reg) + WINDOW_SHIFT_X);
552 mem_base = PCIEOFST_G(mem_reg) << PCIEOFST_SHIFT_X;
553 if (is_t4(adap->params.chip))
554 mem_base -= adap->t4_bar0;
555 win_pf = is_t4(adap->params.chip) ? 0 : PFNUM_V(adap->pf);
557 /* Calculate our initial PCI-E Memory Window Position and Offset into
560 pos = addr & ~(mem_aperture-1);
563 /* Set up initial PCI-E Memory Window to cover the start of our
564 * transfer. (Read it back to ensure that changes propagate before we
565 * attempt to use the new value.)
568 PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_REG(PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_OFFSET_A, win),
571 PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_REG(PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_OFFSET_A, win));
573 /* Transfer data to/from the adapter as long as there's an integral
574 * number of 32-bit transfers to complete.
576 * A note on Endianness issues:
578 * The "register" reads and writes below from/to the PCI-E Memory
579 * Window invoke the standard adapter Big-Endian to PCI-E Link
580 * Little-Endian "swizzel." As a result, if we have the following
581 * data in adapter memory:
583 * Memory: ... | b0 | b1 | b2 | b3 | ...
584 * Address: i+0 i+1 i+2 i+3
586 * Then a read of the adapter memory via the PCI-E Memory Window
591 * [ b3 | b2 | b1 | b0 ]
593 * If this value is stored into local memory on a Little-Endian system
594 * it will show up correctly in local memory as:
596 * ( ..., b0, b1, b2, b3, ... )
598 * But on a Big-Endian system, the store will show up in memory
599 * incorrectly swizzled as:
601 * ( ..., b3, b2, b1, b0, ... )
603 * So we need to account for this in the reads and writes to the
604 * PCI-E Memory Window below by undoing the register read/write
608 if (dir == T4_MEMORY_READ)
609 *buf++ = le32_to_cpu((__force __le32)t4_read_reg(adap,
612 t4_write_reg(adap, mem_base + offset,
613 (__force u32)cpu_to_le32(*buf++));
614 offset += sizeof(__be32);
615 len -= sizeof(__be32);
617 /* If we've reached the end of our current window aperture,
618 * move the PCI-E Memory Window on to the next. Note that
619 * doing this here after "len" may be 0 allows us to set up
620 * the PCI-E Memory Window for a possible final residual
623 if (offset == mem_aperture) {
627 PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_REG(PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_OFFSET_A,
630 PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_REG(PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_OFFSET_A,
635 /* If the original transfer had a length which wasn't a multiple of
636 * 32-bits, now's where we need to finish off the transfer of the
637 * residual amount. The PCI-E Memory Window has already been moved
638 * above (if necessary) to cover this final transfer.
648 if (dir == T4_MEMORY_READ) {
649 last.word = le32_to_cpu(
650 (__force __le32)t4_read_reg(adap,
652 for (bp = (unsigned char *)buf, i = resid; i < 4; i++)
653 bp[i] = last.byte[i];
656 for (i = resid; i < 4; i++)
658 t4_write_reg(adap, mem_base + offset,
659 (__force u32)cpu_to_le32(last.word));
666 /* Return the specified PCI-E Configuration Space register from our Physical
667 * Function. We try first via a Firmware LDST Command since we prefer to let
668 * the firmware own all of these registers, but if that fails we go for it
669 * directly ourselves.
671 u32 t4_read_pcie_cfg4(struct adapter *adap, int reg)
673 u32 val, ldst_addrspace;
675 /* If fw_attach != 0, construct and send the Firmware LDST Command to
676 * retrieve the specified PCI-E Configuration Space register.
678 struct fw_ldst_cmd ldst_cmd;
681 memset(&ldst_cmd, 0, sizeof(ldst_cmd));
682 ldst_addrspace = FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE_V(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_FUNC_PCIE);
683 ldst_cmd.op_to_addrspace = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_LDST_CMD) |
687 ldst_cmd.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(ldst_cmd));
688 ldst_cmd.u.pcie.select_naccess = FW_LDST_CMD_NACCESS_V(1);
689 ldst_cmd.u.pcie.ctrl_to_fn =
690 (FW_LDST_CMD_LC_F | FW_LDST_CMD_FN_V(adap->pf));
691 ldst_cmd.u.pcie.r = reg;
693 /* If the LDST Command succeeds, return the result, otherwise
694 * fall through to reading it directly ourselves ...
696 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, adap->mbox, &ldst_cmd, sizeof(ldst_cmd),
699 val = be32_to_cpu(ldst_cmd.u.pcie.data[0]);
701 /* Read the desired Configuration Space register via the PCI-E
702 * Backdoor mechanism.
704 t4_hw_pci_read_cfg4(adap, reg, &val);
708 /* Get the window based on base passed to it.
709 * Window aperture is currently unhandled, but there is no use case for it
712 static u32 t4_get_window(struct adapter *adap, u32 pci_base, u64 pci_mask,
717 if (is_t4(adap->params.chip)) {
720 /* Truncation intentional: we only read the bottom 32-bits of
721 * the 64-bit BAR0/BAR1 ... We use the hardware backdoor
722 * mechanism to read BAR0 instead of using
723 * pci_resource_start() because we could be operating from
724 * within a Virtual Machine which is trapping our accesses to
725 * our Configuration Space and we need to set up the PCI-E
726 * Memory Window decoders with the actual addresses which will
727 * be coming across the PCI-E link.
729 bar0 = t4_read_pcie_cfg4(adap, pci_base);
731 adap->t4_bar0 = bar0;
733 ret = bar0 + memwin_base;
735 /* For T5, only relative offset inside the PCIe BAR is passed */
741 /* Get the default utility window (win0) used by everyone */
742 u32 t4_get_util_window(struct adapter *adap)
744 return t4_get_window(adap, PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_0,
745 PCI_BASE_ADDRESS_MEM_MASK, MEMWIN0_BASE);
748 /* Set up memory window for accessing adapter memory ranges. (Read
749 * back MA register to ensure that changes propagate before we attempt
750 * to use the new values.)
752 void t4_setup_memwin(struct adapter *adap, u32 memwin_base, u32 window)
755 PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_REG(PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_BASE_WIN_A, window),
756 memwin_base | BIR_V(0) |
757 WINDOW_V(ilog2(MEMWIN0_APERTURE) - WINDOW_SHIFT_X));
759 PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_REG(PCIE_MEM_ACCESS_BASE_WIN_A, window));
763 * t4_get_regs_len - return the size of the chips register set
764 * @adapter: the adapter
766 * Returns the size of the chip's BAR0 register space.
768 unsigned int t4_get_regs_len(struct adapter *adapter)
770 unsigned int chip_version = CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adapter->params.chip);
772 switch (chip_version) {
774 return T4_REGMAP_SIZE;
778 return T5_REGMAP_SIZE;
781 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev,
782 "Unsupported chip version %d\n", chip_version);
787 * t4_get_regs - read chip registers into provided buffer
789 * @buf: register buffer
790 * @buf_size: size (in bytes) of register buffer
792 * If the provided register buffer isn't large enough for the chip's
793 * full register range, the register dump will be truncated to the
794 * register buffer's size.
796 void t4_get_regs(struct adapter *adap, void *buf, size_t buf_size)
798 static const unsigned int t4_reg_ranges[] = {
1257 static const unsigned int t5_reg_ranges[] = {
2024 static const unsigned int t6_reg_ranges[] = {
2585 u32 *buf_end = (u32 *)((char *)buf + buf_size);
2586 const unsigned int *reg_ranges;
2587 int reg_ranges_size, range;
2588 unsigned int chip_version = CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip);
2590 /* Select the right set of register ranges to dump depending on the
2591 * adapter chip type.
2593 switch (chip_version) {
2595 reg_ranges = t4_reg_ranges;
2596 reg_ranges_size = ARRAY_SIZE(t4_reg_ranges);
2600 reg_ranges = t5_reg_ranges;
2601 reg_ranges_size = ARRAY_SIZE(t5_reg_ranges);
2605 reg_ranges = t6_reg_ranges;
2606 reg_ranges_size = ARRAY_SIZE(t6_reg_ranges);
2610 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev,
2611 "Unsupported chip version %d\n", chip_version);
2615 /* Clear the register buffer and insert the appropriate register
2616 * values selected by the above register ranges.
2618 memset(buf, 0, buf_size);
2619 for (range = 0; range < reg_ranges_size; range += 2) {
2620 unsigned int reg = reg_ranges[range];
2621 unsigned int last_reg = reg_ranges[range + 1];
2622 u32 *bufp = (u32 *)((char *)buf + reg);
2624 /* Iterate across the register range filling in the register
2625 * buffer but don't write past the end of the register buffer.
2627 while (reg <= last_reg && bufp < buf_end) {
2628 *bufp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, reg);
2634 #define EEPROM_STAT_ADDR 0x7bfc
2635 #define VPD_SIZE 0x800
2636 #define VPD_BASE 0x400
2637 #define VPD_BASE_OLD 0
2638 #define VPD_LEN 1024
2639 #define CHELSIO_VPD_UNIQUE_ID 0x82
2642 * t4_seeprom_wp - enable/disable EEPROM write protection
2643 * @adapter: the adapter
2644 * @enable: whether to enable or disable write protection
2646 * Enables or disables write protection on the serial EEPROM.
2648 int t4_seeprom_wp(struct adapter *adapter, bool enable)
2650 unsigned int v = enable ? 0xc : 0;
2651 int ret = pci_write_vpd(adapter->pdev, EEPROM_STAT_ADDR, 4, &v);
2652 return ret < 0 ? ret : 0;
2656 * t4_get_raw_vpd_params - read VPD parameters from VPD EEPROM
2657 * @adapter: adapter to read
2658 * @p: where to store the parameters
2660 * Reads card parameters stored in VPD EEPROM.
2662 int t4_get_raw_vpd_params(struct adapter *adapter, struct vpd_params *p)
2664 int i, ret = 0, addr;
2667 unsigned int vpdr_len, kw_offset, id_len;
2669 vpd = vmalloc(VPD_LEN);
2673 /* We have two VPD data structures stored in the adapter VPD area.
2674 * By default, Linux calculates the size of the VPD area by traversing
2675 * the first VPD area at offset 0x0, so we need to tell the OS what
2676 * our real VPD size is.
2678 ret = pci_set_vpd_size(adapter->pdev, VPD_SIZE);
2682 /* Card information normally starts at VPD_BASE but early cards had
2685 ret = pci_read_vpd(adapter->pdev, VPD_BASE, sizeof(u32), vpd);
2689 /* The VPD shall have a unique identifier specified by the PCI SIG.
2690 * For chelsio adapters, the identifier is 0x82. The first byte of a VPD
2691 * shall be CHELSIO_VPD_UNIQUE_ID (0x82). The VPD programming software
2692 * is expected to automatically put this entry at the
2693 * beginning of the VPD.
2695 addr = *vpd == CHELSIO_VPD_UNIQUE_ID ? VPD_BASE : VPD_BASE_OLD;
2697 ret = pci_read_vpd(adapter->pdev, addr, VPD_LEN, vpd);
2701 if (vpd[0] != PCI_VPD_LRDT_ID_STRING) {
2702 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev, "missing VPD ID string\n");
2707 id_len = pci_vpd_lrdt_size(vpd);
2708 if (id_len > ID_LEN)
2711 i = pci_vpd_find_tag(vpd, 0, VPD_LEN, PCI_VPD_LRDT_RO_DATA);
2713 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev, "missing VPD-R section\n");
2718 vpdr_len = pci_vpd_lrdt_size(&vpd[i]);
2719 kw_offset = i + PCI_VPD_LRDT_TAG_SIZE;
2720 if (vpdr_len + kw_offset > VPD_LEN) {
2721 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev, "bad VPD-R length %u\n", vpdr_len);
2726 #define FIND_VPD_KW(var, name) do { \
2727 var = pci_vpd_find_info_keyword(vpd, kw_offset, vpdr_len, name); \
2729 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev, "missing VPD keyword " name "\n"); \
2733 var += PCI_VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE; \
2736 FIND_VPD_KW(i, "RV");
2737 for (csum = 0; i >= 0; i--)
2741 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev,
2742 "corrupted VPD EEPROM, actual csum %u\n", csum);
2747 FIND_VPD_KW(ec, "EC");
2748 FIND_VPD_KW(sn, "SN");
2749 FIND_VPD_KW(pn, "PN");
2750 FIND_VPD_KW(na, "NA");
2753 memcpy(p->id, vpd + PCI_VPD_LRDT_TAG_SIZE, id_len);
2755 memcpy(p->ec, vpd + ec, EC_LEN);
2757 i = pci_vpd_info_field_size(vpd + sn - PCI_VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE);
2758 memcpy(p->sn, vpd + sn, min(i, SERNUM_LEN));
2760 i = pci_vpd_info_field_size(vpd + pn - PCI_VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE);
2761 memcpy(p->pn, vpd + pn, min(i, PN_LEN));
2763 memcpy(p->na, vpd + na, min(i, MACADDR_LEN));
2764 strim((char *)p->na);
2768 return ret < 0 ? ret : 0;
2772 * t4_get_vpd_params - read VPD parameters & retrieve Core Clock
2773 * @adapter: adapter to read
2774 * @p: where to store the parameters
2776 * Reads card parameters stored in VPD EEPROM and retrieves the Core
2777 * Clock. This can only be called after a connection to the firmware
2780 int t4_get_vpd_params(struct adapter *adapter, struct vpd_params *p)
2782 u32 cclk_param, cclk_val;
2785 /* Grab the raw VPD parameters.
2787 ret = t4_get_raw_vpd_params(adapter, p);
2791 /* Ask firmware for the Core Clock since it knows how to translate the
2792 * Reference Clock ('V2') VPD field into a Core Clock value ...
2794 cclk_param = (FW_PARAMS_MNEM_V(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_DEV) |
2795 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_X_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_CCLK));
2796 ret = t4_query_params(adapter, adapter->mbox, adapter->pf, 0,
2797 1, &cclk_param, &cclk_val);
2806 /* serial flash and firmware constants */
2808 SF_ATTEMPTS = 10, /* max retries for SF operations */
2810 /* flash command opcodes */
2811 SF_PROG_PAGE = 2, /* program page */
2812 SF_WR_DISABLE = 4, /* disable writes */
2813 SF_RD_STATUS = 5, /* read status register */
2814 SF_WR_ENABLE = 6, /* enable writes */
2815 SF_RD_DATA_FAST = 0xb, /* read flash */
2816 SF_RD_ID = 0x9f, /* read ID */
2817 SF_ERASE_SECTOR = 0xd8, /* erase sector */
2819 FW_MAX_SIZE = 16 * SF_SEC_SIZE,
2823 * sf1_read - read data from the serial flash
2824 * @adapter: the adapter
2825 * @byte_cnt: number of bytes to read
2826 * @cont: whether another operation will be chained
2827 * @lock: whether to lock SF for PL access only
2828 * @valp: where to store the read data
2830 * Reads up to 4 bytes of data from the serial flash. The location of
2831 * the read needs to be specified prior to calling this by issuing the
2832 * appropriate commands to the serial flash.
2834 static int sf1_read(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int byte_cnt, int cont,
2835 int lock, u32 *valp)
2839 if (!byte_cnt || byte_cnt > 4)
2841 if (t4_read_reg(adapter, SF_OP_A) & SF_BUSY_F)
2843 t4_write_reg(adapter, SF_OP_A, SF_LOCK_V(lock) |
2844 SF_CONT_V(cont) | BYTECNT_V(byte_cnt - 1));
2845 ret = t4_wait_op_done(adapter, SF_OP_A, SF_BUSY_F, 0, SF_ATTEMPTS, 5);
2847 *valp = t4_read_reg(adapter, SF_DATA_A);
2852 * sf1_write - write data to the serial flash
2853 * @adapter: the adapter
2854 * @byte_cnt: number of bytes to write
2855 * @cont: whether another operation will be chained
2856 * @lock: whether to lock SF for PL access only
2857 * @val: value to write
2859 * Writes up to 4 bytes of data to the serial flash. The location of
2860 * the write needs to be specified prior to calling this by issuing the
2861 * appropriate commands to the serial flash.
2863 static int sf1_write(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int byte_cnt, int cont,
2866 if (!byte_cnt || byte_cnt > 4)
2868 if (t4_read_reg(adapter, SF_OP_A) & SF_BUSY_F)
2870 t4_write_reg(adapter, SF_DATA_A, val);
2871 t4_write_reg(adapter, SF_OP_A, SF_LOCK_V(lock) |
2872 SF_CONT_V(cont) | BYTECNT_V(byte_cnt - 1) | OP_V(1));
2873 return t4_wait_op_done(adapter, SF_OP_A, SF_BUSY_F, 0, SF_ATTEMPTS, 5);
2877 * flash_wait_op - wait for a flash operation to complete
2878 * @adapter: the adapter
2879 * @attempts: max number of polls of the status register
2880 * @delay: delay between polls in ms
2882 * Wait for a flash operation to complete by polling the status register.
2884 static int flash_wait_op(struct adapter *adapter, int attempts, int delay)
2890 if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 1, 1, SF_RD_STATUS)) != 0 ||
2891 (ret = sf1_read(adapter, 1, 0, 1, &status)) != 0)
2895 if (--attempts == 0)
2903 * t4_read_flash - read words from serial flash
2904 * @adapter: the adapter
2905 * @addr: the start address for the read
2906 * @nwords: how many 32-bit words to read
2907 * @data: where to store the read data
2908 * @byte_oriented: whether to store data as bytes or as words
2910 * Read the specified number of 32-bit words from the serial flash.
2911 * If @byte_oriented is set the read data is stored as a byte array
2912 * (i.e., big-endian), otherwise as 32-bit words in the platform's
2913 * natural endianness.
2915 int t4_read_flash(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int addr,
2916 unsigned int nwords, u32 *data, int byte_oriented)
2920 if (addr + nwords * sizeof(u32) > adapter->params.sf_size || (addr & 3))
2923 addr = swab32(addr) | SF_RD_DATA_FAST;
2925 if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 4, 1, 0, addr)) != 0 ||
2926 (ret = sf1_read(adapter, 1, 1, 0, data)) != 0)
2929 for ( ; nwords; nwords--, data++) {
2930 ret = sf1_read(adapter, 4, nwords > 1, nwords == 1, data);
2932 t4_write_reg(adapter, SF_OP_A, 0); /* unlock SF */
2936 *data = (__force __u32)(cpu_to_be32(*data));
2942 * t4_write_flash - write up to a page of data to the serial flash
2943 * @adapter: the adapter
2944 * @addr: the start address to write
2945 * @n: length of data to write in bytes
2946 * @data: the data to write
2948 * Writes up to a page of data (256 bytes) to the serial flash starting
2949 * at the given address. All the data must be written to the same page.
2951 static int t4_write_flash(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int addr,
2952 unsigned int n, const u8 *data)
2956 unsigned int i, c, left, val, offset = addr & 0xff;
2958 if (addr >= adapter->params.sf_size || offset + n > SF_PAGE_SIZE)
2961 val = swab32(addr) | SF_PROG_PAGE;
2963 if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 0, 1, SF_WR_ENABLE)) != 0 ||
2964 (ret = sf1_write(adapter, 4, 1, 1, val)) != 0)
2967 for (left = n; left; left -= c) {
2969 for (val = 0, i = 0; i < c; ++i)
2970 val = (val << 8) + *data++;
2972 ret = sf1_write(adapter, c, c != left, 1, val);
2976 ret = flash_wait_op(adapter, 8, 1);
2980 t4_write_reg(adapter, SF_OP_A, 0); /* unlock SF */
2982 /* Read the page to verify the write succeeded */
2983 ret = t4_read_flash(adapter, addr & ~0xff, ARRAY_SIZE(buf), buf, 1);
2987 if (memcmp(data - n, (u8 *)buf + offset, n)) {
2988 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev,
2989 "failed to correctly write the flash page at %#x\n",
2996 t4_write_reg(adapter, SF_OP_A, 0); /* unlock SF */
3001 * t4_get_fw_version - read the firmware version
3002 * @adapter: the adapter
3003 * @vers: where to place the version
3005 * Reads the FW version from flash.
3007 int t4_get_fw_version(struct adapter *adapter, u32 *vers)
3009 return t4_read_flash(adapter, FLASH_FW_START +
3010 offsetof(struct fw_hdr, fw_ver), 1,
3015 * t4_get_bs_version - read the firmware bootstrap version
3016 * @adapter: the adapter
3017 * @vers: where to place the version
3019 * Reads the FW Bootstrap version from flash.
3021 int t4_get_bs_version(struct adapter *adapter, u32 *vers)
3023 return t4_read_flash(adapter, FLASH_FWBOOTSTRAP_START +
3024 offsetof(struct fw_hdr, fw_ver), 1,
3029 * t4_get_tp_version - read the TP microcode version
3030 * @adapter: the adapter
3031 * @vers: where to place the version
3033 * Reads the TP microcode version from flash.
3035 int t4_get_tp_version(struct adapter *adapter, u32 *vers)
3037 return t4_read_flash(adapter, FLASH_FW_START +
3038 offsetof(struct fw_hdr, tp_microcode_ver),
3043 * t4_get_exprom_version - return the Expansion ROM version (if any)
3044 * @adapter: the adapter
3045 * @vers: where to place the version
3047 * Reads the Expansion ROM header from FLASH and returns the version
3048 * number (if present) through the @vers return value pointer. We return
3049 * this in the Firmware Version Format since it's convenient. Return
3050 * 0 on success, -ENOENT if no Expansion ROM is present.
3052 int t4_get_exprom_version(struct adapter *adap, u32 *vers)
3054 struct exprom_header {
3055 unsigned char hdr_arr[16]; /* must start with 0x55aa */
3056 unsigned char hdr_ver[4]; /* Expansion ROM version */
3058 u32 exprom_header_buf[DIV_ROUND_UP(sizeof(struct exprom_header),
3062 ret = t4_read_flash(adap, FLASH_EXP_ROM_START,
3063 ARRAY_SIZE(exprom_header_buf), exprom_header_buf,
3068 hdr = (struct exprom_header *)exprom_header_buf;
3069 if (hdr->hdr_arr[0] != 0x55 || hdr->hdr_arr[1] != 0xaa)
3072 *vers = (FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_V(hdr->hdr_ver[0]) |
3073 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_V(hdr->hdr_ver[1]) |
3074 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_V(hdr->hdr_ver[2]) |
3075 FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_V(hdr->hdr_ver[3]));
3080 * t4_get_vpd_version - return the VPD version
3081 * @adapter: the adapter
3082 * @vers: where to place the version
3084 * Reads the VPD via the Firmware interface (thus this can only be called
3085 * once we're ready to issue Firmware commands). The format of the
3086 * VPD version is adapter specific. Returns 0 on success, an error on
3089 * Note that early versions of the Firmware didn't include the ability
3090 * to retrieve the VPD version, so we zero-out the return-value parameter
3091 * in that case to avoid leaving it with garbage in it.
3093 * Also note that the Firmware will return its cached copy of the VPD
3094 * Revision ID, not the actual Revision ID as written in the Serial
3095 * EEPROM. This is only an issue if a new VPD has been written and the
3096 * Firmware/Chip haven't yet gone through a RESET sequence. So it's best
3097 * to defer calling this routine till after a FW_RESET_CMD has been issued
3098 * if the Host Driver will be performing a full adapter initialization.
3100 int t4_get_vpd_version(struct adapter *adapter, u32 *vers)
3105 vpdrev_param = (FW_PARAMS_MNEM_V(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_DEV) |
3106 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_X_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_VPDREV));
3107 ret = t4_query_params(adapter, adapter->mbox, adapter->pf, 0,
3108 1, &vpdrev_param, vers);
3115 * t4_get_scfg_version - return the Serial Configuration version
3116 * @adapter: the adapter
3117 * @vers: where to place the version
3119 * Reads the Serial Configuration Version via the Firmware interface
3120 * (thus this can only be called once we're ready to issue Firmware
3121 * commands). The format of the Serial Configuration version is
3122 * adapter specific. Returns 0 on success, an error on failure.
3124 * Note that early versions of the Firmware didn't include the ability
3125 * to retrieve the Serial Configuration version, so we zero-out the
3126 * return-value parameter in that case to avoid leaving it with
3129 * Also note that the Firmware will return its cached copy of the Serial
3130 * Initialization Revision ID, not the actual Revision ID as written in
3131 * the Serial EEPROM. This is only an issue if a new VPD has been written
3132 * and the Firmware/Chip haven't yet gone through a RESET sequence. So
3133 * it's best to defer calling this routine till after a FW_RESET_CMD has
3134 * been issued if the Host Driver will be performing a full adapter
3137 int t4_get_scfg_version(struct adapter *adapter, u32 *vers)
3142 scfgrev_param = (FW_PARAMS_MNEM_V(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_DEV) |
3143 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_X_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_SCFGREV));
3144 ret = t4_query_params(adapter, adapter->mbox, adapter->pf, 0,
3145 1, &scfgrev_param, vers);
3152 * t4_get_version_info - extract various chip/firmware version information
3153 * @adapter: the adapter
3155 * Reads various chip/firmware version numbers and stores them into the
3156 * adapter Adapter Parameters structure. If any of the efforts fails
3157 * the first failure will be returned, but all of the version numbers
3160 int t4_get_version_info(struct adapter *adapter)
3164 #define FIRST_RET(__getvinfo) \
3166 int __ret = __getvinfo; \
3167 if (__ret && !ret) \
3171 FIRST_RET(t4_get_fw_version(adapter, &adapter->params.fw_vers));
3172 FIRST_RET(t4_get_bs_version(adapter, &adapter->params.bs_vers));
3173 FIRST_RET(t4_get_tp_version(adapter, &adapter->params.tp_vers));
3174 FIRST_RET(t4_get_exprom_version(adapter, &adapter->params.er_vers));
3175 FIRST_RET(t4_get_scfg_version(adapter, &adapter->params.scfg_vers));
3176 FIRST_RET(t4_get_vpd_version(adapter, &adapter->params.vpd_vers));
3183 * t4_dump_version_info - dump all of the adapter configuration IDs
3184 * @adapter: the adapter
3186 * Dumps all of the various bits of adapter configuration version/revision
3187 * IDs information. This is typically called at some point after
3188 * t4_get_version_info() has been called.
3190 void t4_dump_version_info(struct adapter *adapter)
3192 /* Device information */
3193 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev, "Chelsio %s rev %d\n",
3194 adapter->params.vpd.id,
3195 CHELSIO_CHIP_RELEASE(adapter->params.chip));
3196 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev, "S/N: %s, P/N: %s\n",
3197 adapter->params.vpd.sn, adapter->params.vpd.pn);
3199 /* Firmware Version */
3200 if (!adapter->params.fw_vers)
3201 dev_warn(adapter->pdev_dev, "No firmware loaded\n");
3203 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev, "Firmware version: %u.%u.%u.%u\n",
3204 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(adapter->params.fw_vers),
3205 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(adapter->params.fw_vers),
3206 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(adapter->params.fw_vers),
3207 FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_G(adapter->params.fw_vers));
3209 /* Bootstrap Firmware Version. (Some adapters don't have Bootstrap
3210 * Firmware, so dev_info() is more appropriate here.)
3212 if (!adapter->params.bs_vers)
3213 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev, "No bootstrap loaded\n");
3215 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev, "Bootstrap version: %u.%u.%u.%u\n",
3216 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(adapter->params.bs_vers),
3217 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(adapter->params.bs_vers),
3218 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(adapter->params.bs_vers),
3219 FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_G(adapter->params.bs_vers));
3221 /* TP Microcode Version */
3222 if (!adapter->params.tp_vers)
3223 dev_warn(adapter->pdev_dev, "No TP Microcode loaded\n");
3225 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev,
3226 "TP Microcode version: %u.%u.%u.%u\n",
3227 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(adapter->params.tp_vers),
3228 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(adapter->params.tp_vers),
3229 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(adapter->params.tp_vers),
3230 FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_G(adapter->params.tp_vers));
3232 /* Expansion ROM version */
3233 if (!adapter->params.er_vers)
3234 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev, "No Expansion ROM loaded\n");
3236 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev,
3237 "Expansion ROM version: %u.%u.%u.%u\n",
3238 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(adapter->params.er_vers),
3239 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(adapter->params.er_vers),
3240 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(adapter->params.er_vers),
3241 FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_G(adapter->params.er_vers));
3243 /* Serial Configuration version */
3244 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev, "Serial Configuration version: %#x\n",
3245 adapter->params.scfg_vers);
3248 dev_info(adapter->pdev_dev, "VPD version: %#x\n",
3249 adapter->params.vpd_vers);
3253 * t4_check_fw_version - check if the FW is supported with this driver
3254 * @adap: the adapter
3256 * Checks if an adapter's FW is compatible with the driver. Returns 0
3257 * if there's exact match, a negative error if the version could not be
3258 * read or there's a major version mismatch
3260 int t4_check_fw_version(struct adapter *adap)
3262 int i, ret, major, minor, micro;
3263 int exp_major, exp_minor, exp_micro;
3264 unsigned int chip_version = CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip);
3266 ret = t4_get_fw_version(adap, &adap->params.fw_vers);
3267 /* Try multiple times before returning error */
3268 for (i = 0; (ret == -EBUSY || ret == -EAGAIN) && i < 3; i++)
3269 ret = t4_get_fw_version(adap, &adap->params.fw_vers);
3274 major = FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(adap->params.fw_vers);
3275 minor = FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(adap->params.fw_vers);
3276 micro = FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(adap->params.fw_vers);
3278 switch (chip_version) {
3280 exp_major = T4FW_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR;
3281 exp_minor = T4FW_MIN_VERSION_MINOR;
3282 exp_micro = T4FW_MIN_VERSION_MICRO;
3285 exp_major = T5FW_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR;
3286 exp_minor = T5FW_MIN_VERSION_MINOR;
3287 exp_micro = T5FW_MIN_VERSION_MICRO;
3290 exp_major = T6FW_MIN_VERSION_MAJOR;
3291 exp_minor = T6FW_MIN_VERSION_MINOR;
3292 exp_micro = T6FW_MIN_VERSION_MICRO;
3295 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "Unsupported chip type, %x\n",
3300 if (major < exp_major || (major == exp_major && minor < exp_minor) ||
3301 (major == exp_major && minor == exp_minor && micro < exp_micro)) {
3302 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev,
3303 "Card has firmware version %u.%u.%u, minimum "
3304 "supported firmware is %u.%u.%u.\n", major, minor,
3305 micro, exp_major, exp_minor, exp_micro);
3311 /* Is the given firmware API compatible with the one the driver was compiled
3314 static int fw_compatible(const struct fw_hdr *hdr1, const struct fw_hdr *hdr2)
3317 /* short circuit if it's the exact same firmware version */
3318 if (hdr1->chip == hdr2->chip && hdr1->fw_ver == hdr2->fw_ver)
3321 #define SAME_INTF(x) (hdr1->intfver_##x == hdr2->intfver_##x)
3322 if (hdr1->chip == hdr2->chip && SAME_INTF(nic) && SAME_INTF(vnic) &&
3323 SAME_INTF(ri) && SAME_INTF(iscsi) && SAME_INTF(fcoe))
3330 /* The firmware in the filesystem is usable, but should it be installed?
3331 * This routine explains itself in detail if it indicates the filesystem
3332 * firmware should be installed.
3334 static int should_install_fs_fw(struct adapter *adap, int card_fw_usable,
3339 if (!card_fw_usable) {
3340 reason = "incompatible or unusable";
3345 reason = "older than the version supported with this driver";
3352 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "firmware on card (%u.%u.%u.%u) is %s, "
3353 "installing firmware %u.%u.%u.%u on card.\n",
3354 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(c), FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(c),
3355 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(c), FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_G(c), reason,
3356 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(k), FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(k),
3357 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(k), FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_G(k));
3362 int t4_prep_fw(struct adapter *adap, struct fw_info *fw_info,
3363 const u8 *fw_data, unsigned int fw_size,
3364 struct fw_hdr *card_fw, enum dev_state state,
3367 int ret, card_fw_usable, fs_fw_usable;
3368 const struct fw_hdr *fs_fw;
3369 const struct fw_hdr *drv_fw;
3371 drv_fw = &fw_info->fw_hdr;
3373 /* Read the header of the firmware on the card */
3374 ret = -t4_read_flash(adap, FLASH_FW_START,
3375 sizeof(*card_fw) / sizeof(uint32_t),
3376 (uint32_t *)card_fw, 1);
3378 card_fw_usable = fw_compatible(drv_fw, (const void *)card_fw);
3380 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev,
3381 "Unable to read card's firmware header: %d\n", ret);
3385 if (fw_data != NULL) {
3386 fs_fw = (const void *)fw_data;
3387 fs_fw_usable = fw_compatible(drv_fw, fs_fw);
3393 if (card_fw_usable && card_fw->fw_ver == drv_fw->fw_ver &&
3394 (!fs_fw_usable || fs_fw->fw_ver == drv_fw->fw_ver)) {
3395 /* Common case: the firmware on the card is an exact match and
3396 * the filesystem one is an exact match too, or the filesystem
3397 * one is absent/incompatible.
3399 } else if (fs_fw_usable && state == DEV_STATE_UNINIT &&
3400 should_install_fs_fw(adap, card_fw_usable,
3401 be32_to_cpu(fs_fw->fw_ver),
3402 be32_to_cpu(card_fw->fw_ver))) {
3403 ret = -t4_fw_upgrade(adap, adap->mbox, fw_data,
3406 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev,
3407 "failed to install firmware: %d\n", ret);
3411 /* Installed successfully, update the cached header too. */
3414 *reset = 0; /* already reset as part of load_fw */
3417 if (!card_fw_usable) {
3420 d = be32_to_cpu(drv_fw->fw_ver);
3421 c = be32_to_cpu(card_fw->fw_ver);
3422 k = fs_fw ? be32_to_cpu(fs_fw->fw_ver) : 0;
3424 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "Cannot find a usable firmware: "
3426 "driver compiled with %d.%d.%d.%d, "
3427 "card has %d.%d.%d.%d, filesystem has %d.%d.%d.%d\n",
3429 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(d), FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(d),
3430 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(d), FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_G(d),
3431 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(c), FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(c),
3432 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(c), FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_G(c),
3433 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR_G(k), FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR_G(k),
3434 FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO_G(k), FW_HDR_FW_VER_BUILD_G(k));
3439 /* We're using whatever's on the card and it's known to be good. */
3440 adap->params.fw_vers = be32_to_cpu(card_fw->fw_ver);
3441 adap->params.tp_vers = be32_to_cpu(card_fw->tp_microcode_ver);
3448 * t4_flash_erase_sectors - erase a range of flash sectors
3449 * @adapter: the adapter
3450 * @start: the first sector to erase
3451 * @end: the last sector to erase
3453 * Erases the sectors in the given inclusive range.
3455 static int t4_flash_erase_sectors(struct adapter *adapter, int start, int end)
3459 if (end >= adapter->params.sf_nsec)
3462 while (start <= end) {
3463 if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 0, 1, SF_WR_ENABLE)) != 0 ||
3464 (ret = sf1_write(adapter, 4, 0, 1,
3465 SF_ERASE_SECTOR | (start << 8))) != 0 ||
3466 (ret = flash_wait_op(adapter, 14, 500)) != 0) {
3467 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev,
3468 "erase of flash sector %d failed, error %d\n",
3474 t4_write_reg(adapter, SF_OP_A, 0); /* unlock SF */
3479 * t4_flash_cfg_addr - return the address of the flash configuration file
3480 * @adapter: the adapter
3482 * Return the address within the flash where the Firmware Configuration
3485 unsigned int t4_flash_cfg_addr(struct adapter *adapter)
3487 if (adapter->params.sf_size == 0x100000)
3488 return FLASH_FPGA_CFG_START;
3490 return FLASH_CFG_START;
3493 /* Return TRUE if the specified firmware matches the adapter. I.e. T4
3494 * firmware for T4 adapters, T5 firmware for T5 adapters, etc. We go ahead
3495 * and emit an error message for mismatched firmware to save our caller the
3498 static bool t4_fw_matches_chip(const struct adapter *adap,
3499 const struct fw_hdr *hdr)
3501 /* The expression below will return FALSE for any unsupported adapter
3502 * which will keep us "honest" in the future ...
3504 if ((is_t4(adap->params.chip) && hdr->chip == FW_HDR_CHIP_T4) ||
3505 (is_t5(adap->params.chip) && hdr->chip == FW_HDR_CHIP_T5) ||
3506 (is_t6(adap->params.chip) && hdr->chip == FW_HDR_CHIP_T6))
3509 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev,
3510 "FW image (%d) is not suitable for this adapter (%d)\n",
3511 hdr->chip, CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip));
3516 * t4_load_fw - download firmware
3517 * @adap: the adapter
3518 * @fw_data: the firmware image to write
3521 * Write the supplied firmware image to the card's serial flash.
3523 int t4_load_fw(struct adapter *adap, const u8 *fw_data, unsigned int size)
3528 u8 first_page[SF_PAGE_SIZE];
3529 const __be32 *p = (const __be32 *)fw_data;
3530 const struct fw_hdr *hdr = (const struct fw_hdr *)fw_data;
3531 unsigned int sf_sec_size = adap->params.sf_size / adap->params.sf_nsec;
3532 unsigned int fw_img_start = adap->params.sf_fw_start;
3533 unsigned int fw_start_sec = fw_img_start / sf_sec_size;
3536 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "FW image has no data\n");
3540 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev,
3541 "FW image size not multiple of 512 bytes\n");
3544 if ((unsigned int)be16_to_cpu(hdr->len512) * 512 != size) {
3545 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev,
3546 "FW image size differs from size in FW header\n");
3549 if (size > FW_MAX_SIZE) {
3550 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "FW image too large, max is %u bytes\n",
3554 if (!t4_fw_matches_chip(adap, hdr))
3557 for (csum = 0, i = 0; i < size / sizeof(csum); i++)
3558 csum += be32_to_cpu(p[i]);
3560 if (csum != 0xffffffff) {
3561 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev,
3562 "corrupted firmware image, checksum %#x\n", csum);
3566 i = DIV_ROUND_UP(size, sf_sec_size); /* # of sectors spanned */
3567 ret = t4_flash_erase_sectors(adap, fw_start_sec, fw_start_sec + i - 1);
3572 * We write the correct version at the end so the driver can see a bad
3573 * version if the FW write fails. Start by writing a copy of the
3574 * first page with a bad version.
3576 memcpy(first_page, fw_data, SF_PAGE_SIZE);
3577 ((struct fw_hdr *)first_page)->fw_ver = cpu_to_be32(0xffffffff);
3578 ret = t4_write_flash(adap, fw_img_start, SF_PAGE_SIZE, first_page);
3582 addr = fw_img_start;
3583 for (size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE; size; size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE) {
3584 addr += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
3585 fw_data += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
3586 ret = t4_write_flash(adap, addr, SF_PAGE_SIZE, fw_data);
3591 ret = t4_write_flash(adap,
3592 fw_img_start + offsetof(struct fw_hdr, fw_ver),
3593 sizeof(hdr->fw_ver), (const u8 *)&hdr->fw_ver);
3596 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "firmware download failed, error %d\n",
3599 ret = t4_get_fw_version(adap, &adap->params.fw_vers);
3604 * t4_phy_fw_ver - return current PHY firmware version
3605 * @adap: the adapter
3606 * @phy_fw_ver: return value buffer for PHY firmware version
3608 * Returns the current version of external PHY firmware on the
3611 int t4_phy_fw_ver(struct adapter *adap, int *phy_fw_ver)
3616 param = (FW_PARAMS_MNEM_V(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_DEV) |
3617 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_X_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_PHYFW) |
3618 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_Y_V(adap->params.portvec) |
3619 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_Z_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_PHYFW_VERSION));
3620 ret = t4_query_params(adap, adap->mbox, adap->pf, 0, 1,
3629 * t4_load_phy_fw - download port PHY firmware
3630 * @adap: the adapter
3631 * @win: the PCI-E Memory Window index to use for t4_memory_rw()
3632 * @win_lock: the lock to use to guard the memory copy
3633 * @phy_fw_version: function to check PHY firmware versions
3634 * @phy_fw_data: the PHY firmware image to write
3635 * @phy_fw_size: image size
3637 * Transfer the specified PHY firmware to the adapter. If a non-NULL
3638 * @phy_fw_version is supplied, then it will be used to determine if
3639 * it's necessary to perform the transfer by comparing the version
3640 * of any existing adapter PHY firmware with that of the passed in
3641 * PHY firmware image. If @win_lock is non-NULL then it will be used
3642 * around the call to t4_memory_rw() which transfers the PHY firmware
3645 * A negative error number will be returned if an error occurs. If
3646 * version number support is available and there's no need to upgrade
3647 * the firmware, 0 will be returned. If firmware is successfully
3648 * transferred to the adapter, 1 will be retured.
3650 * NOTE: some adapters only have local RAM to store the PHY firmware. As
3651 * a result, a RESET of the adapter would cause that RAM to lose its
3652 * contents. Thus, loading PHY firmware on such adapters must happen
3653 * after any FW_RESET_CMDs ...
3655 int t4_load_phy_fw(struct adapter *adap,
3656 int win, spinlock_t *win_lock,
3657 int (*phy_fw_version)(const u8 *, size_t),
3658 const u8 *phy_fw_data, size_t phy_fw_size)
3660 unsigned long mtype = 0, maddr = 0;
3662 int cur_phy_fw_ver = 0, new_phy_fw_vers = 0;
3665 /* If we have version number support, then check to see if the adapter
3666 * already has up-to-date PHY firmware loaded.
3668 if (phy_fw_version) {
3669 new_phy_fw_vers = phy_fw_version(phy_fw_data, phy_fw_size);
3670 ret = t4_phy_fw_ver(adap, &cur_phy_fw_ver);
3674 if (cur_phy_fw_ver >= new_phy_fw_vers) {
3675 CH_WARN(adap, "PHY Firmware already up-to-date, "
3676 "version %#x\n", cur_phy_fw_ver);
3681 /* Ask the firmware where it wants us to copy the PHY firmware image.
3682 * The size of the file requires a special version of the READ coommand
3683 * which will pass the file size via the values field in PARAMS_CMD and
3684 * retrieve the return value from firmware and place it in the same
3687 param = (FW_PARAMS_MNEM_V(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_DEV) |
3688 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_X_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_PHYFW) |
3689 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_Y_V(adap->params.portvec) |
3690 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_Z_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_PHYFW_DOWNLOAD));
3692 ret = t4_query_params_rw(adap, adap->mbox, adap->pf, 0, 1,
3693 ¶m, &val, 1, true);
3697 maddr = (val & 0xff) << 16;
3699 /* Copy the supplied PHY Firmware image to the adapter memory location
3700 * allocated by the adapter firmware.
3703 spin_lock_bh(win_lock);
3704 ret = t4_memory_rw(adap, win, mtype, maddr,
3705 phy_fw_size, (__be32 *)phy_fw_data,
3708 spin_unlock_bh(win_lock);
3712 /* Tell the firmware that the PHY firmware image has been written to
3713 * RAM and it can now start copying it over to the PHYs. The chip
3714 * firmware will RESET the affected PHYs as part of this operation
3715 * leaving them running the new PHY firmware image.
3717 param = (FW_PARAMS_MNEM_V(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_DEV) |
3718 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_X_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_PHYFW) |
3719 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_Y_V(adap->params.portvec) |
3720 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_Z_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_PHYFW_DOWNLOAD));
3721 ret = t4_set_params_timeout(adap, adap->mbox, adap->pf, 0, 1,
3722 ¶m, &val, 30000);
3724 /* If we have version number support, then check to see that the new
3725 * firmware got loaded properly.
3727 if (phy_fw_version) {
3728 ret = t4_phy_fw_ver(adap, &cur_phy_fw_ver);
3732 if (cur_phy_fw_ver != new_phy_fw_vers) {
3733 CH_WARN(adap, "PHY Firmware did not update: "
3734 "version on adapter %#x, "
3735 "version flashed %#x\n",
3736 cur_phy_fw_ver, new_phy_fw_vers);
3745 * t4_fwcache - firmware cache operation
3746 * @adap: the adapter
3747 * @op : the operation (flush or flush and invalidate)
3749 int t4_fwcache(struct adapter *adap, enum fw_params_param_dev_fwcache op)
3751 struct fw_params_cmd c;
3753 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
3755 cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_PARAMS_CMD) |
3756 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_WRITE_F |
3757 FW_PARAMS_CMD_PFN_V(adap->pf) |
3758 FW_PARAMS_CMD_VFN_V(0));
3759 c.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
3761 cpu_to_be32(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_V(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_DEV) |
3762 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_X_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_FWCACHE));
3763 c.param[0].val = (__force __be32)op;
3765 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, adap->mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
3768 void t4_cim_read_pif_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *pif_req, u32 *pif_rsp,
3769 unsigned int *pif_req_wrptr,
3770 unsigned int *pif_rsp_wrptr)
3773 u32 cfg, val, req, rsp;
3775 cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_DEBUGCFG_A);
3776 if (cfg & LADBGEN_F)
3777 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_DEBUGCFG_A, cfg ^ LADBGEN_F);
3779 val = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_DEBUGSTS_A);
3780 req = POLADBGWRPTR_G(val);
3781 rsp = PILADBGWRPTR_G(val);
3783 *pif_req_wrptr = req;
3785 *pif_rsp_wrptr = rsp;
3787 for (i = 0; i < CIM_PIFLA_SIZE; i++) {
3788 for (j = 0; j < 6; j++) {
3789 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_DEBUGCFG_A, POLADBGRDPTR_V(req) |
3790 PILADBGRDPTR_V(rsp));
3791 *pif_req++ = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_PO_LA_DEBUGDATA_A);
3792 *pif_rsp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_PI_LA_DEBUGDATA_A);
3796 req = (req + 2) & POLADBGRDPTR_M;
3797 rsp = (rsp + 2) & PILADBGRDPTR_M;
3799 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_DEBUGCFG_A, cfg);
3802 void t4_cim_read_ma_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *ma_req, u32 *ma_rsp)
3807 cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_DEBUGCFG_A);
3808 if (cfg & LADBGEN_F)
3809 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_DEBUGCFG_A, cfg ^ LADBGEN_F);
3811 for (i = 0; i < CIM_MALA_SIZE; i++) {
3812 for (j = 0; j < 5; j++) {
3814 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_DEBUGCFG_A, POLADBGRDPTR_V(idx) |
3815 PILADBGRDPTR_V(idx));
3816 *ma_req++ = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_PO_LA_MADEBUGDATA_A);
3817 *ma_rsp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_PI_LA_MADEBUGDATA_A);
3820 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_DEBUGCFG_A, cfg);
3823 void t4_ulprx_read_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *la_buf)
3827 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
3828 u32 *p = la_buf + i;
3830 t4_write_reg(adap, ULP_RX_LA_CTL_A, i);
3831 j = t4_read_reg(adap, ULP_RX_LA_WRPTR_A);
3832 t4_write_reg(adap, ULP_RX_LA_RDPTR_A, j);
3833 for (j = 0; j < ULPRX_LA_SIZE; j++, p += 8)
3834 *p = t4_read_reg(adap, ULP_RX_LA_RDDATA_A);
3838 #define ADVERT_MASK (FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_V(FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_M) | \
3842 * fwcaps16_to_caps32 - convert 16-bit Port Capabilities to 32-bits
3843 * @caps16: a 16-bit Port Capabilities value
3845 * Returns the equivalent 32-bit Port Capabilities value.
3847 static fw_port_cap32_t fwcaps16_to_caps32(fw_port_cap16_t caps16)
3849 fw_port_cap32_t caps32 = 0;
3851 #define CAP16_TO_CAP32(__cap) \
3853 if (caps16 & FW_PORT_CAP_##__cap) \
3854 caps32 |= FW_PORT_CAP32_##__cap; \
3857 CAP16_TO_CAP32(SPEED_100M);
3858 CAP16_TO_CAP32(SPEED_1G);
3859 CAP16_TO_CAP32(SPEED_25G);
3860 CAP16_TO_CAP32(SPEED_10G);
3861 CAP16_TO_CAP32(SPEED_40G);
3862 CAP16_TO_CAP32(SPEED_100G);
3863 CAP16_TO_CAP32(FC_RX);
3864 CAP16_TO_CAP32(FC_TX);
3865 CAP16_TO_CAP32(ANEG);
3866 CAP16_TO_CAP32(MDIX);
3867 CAP16_TO_CAP32(MDIAUTO);
3868 CAP16_TO_CAP32(FEC_RS);
3869 CAP16_TO_CAP32(FEC_BASER_RS);
3870 CAP16_TO_CAP32(802_3_PAUSE);
3871 CAP16_TO_CAP32(802_3_ASM_DIR);
3873 #undef CAP16_TO_CAP32
3879 * fwcaps32_to_caps16 - convert 32-bit Port Capabilities to 16-bits
3880 * @caps32: a 32-bit Port Capabilities value
3882 * Returns the equivalent 16-bit Port Capabilities value. Note that
3883 * not all 32-bit Port Capabilities can be represented in the 16-bit
3884 * Port Capabilities and some fields/values may not make it.
3886 static fw_port_cap16_t fwcaps32_to_caps16(fw_port_cap32_t caps32)
3888 fw_port_cap16_t caps16 = 0;
3890 #define CAP32_TO_CAP16(__cap) \
3892 if (caps32 & FW_PORT_CAP32_##__cap) \
3893 caps16 |= FW_PORT_CAP_##__cap; \
3896 CAP32_TO_CAP16(SPEED_100M);
3897 CAP32_TO_CAP16(SPEED_1G);
3898 CAP32_TO_CAP16(SPEED_10G);
3899 CAP32_TO_CAP16(SPEED_25G);
3900 CAP32_TO_CAP16(SPEED_40G);
3901 CAP32_TO_CAP16(SPEED_100G);
3902 CAP32_TO_CAP16(FC_RX);
3903 CAP32_TO_CAP16(FC_TX);
3904 CAP32_TO_CAP16(802_3_PAUSE);
3905 CAP32_TO_CAP16(802_3_ASM_DIR);
3906 CAP32_TO_CAP16(ANEG);
3907 CAP32_TO_CAP16(MDIX);
3908 CAP32_TO_CAP16(MDIAUTO);
3909 CAP32_TO_CAP16(FEC_RS);
3910 CAP32_TO_CAP16(FEC_BASER_RS);
3912 #undef CAP32_TO_CAP16
3917 /* Translate Firmware Port Capabilities Pause specification to Common Code */
3918 static inline enum cc_pause fwcap_to_cc_pause(fw_port_cap32_t fw_pause)
3920 enum cc_pause cc_pause = 0;
3922 if (fw_pause & FW_PORT_CAP32_FC_RX)
3923 cc_pause |= PAUSE_RX;
3924 if (fw_pause & FW_PORT_CAP32_FC_TX)
3925 cc_pause |= PAUSE_TX;
3930 /* Translate Common Code Pause specification into Firmware Port Capabilities */
3931 static inline fw_port_cap32_t cc_to_fwcap_pause(enum cc_pause cc_pause)
3933 fw_port_cap32_t fw_pause = 0;
3935 if (cc_pause & PAUSE_RX)
3936 fw_pause |= FW_PORT_CAP32_FC_RX;
3937 if (cc_pause & PAUSE_TX)
3938 fw_pause |= FW_PORT_CAP32_FC_TX;
3943 /* Translate Firmware Forward Error Correction specification to Common Code */
3944 static inline enum cc_fec fwcap_to_cc_fec(fw_port_cap32_t fw_fec)
3946 enum cc_fec cc_fec = 0;
3948 if (fw_fec & FW_PORT_CAP32_FEC_RS)
3950 if (fw_fec & FW_PORT_CAP32_FEC_BASER_RS)
3951 cc_fec |= FEC_BASER_RS;
3956 /* Translate Common Code Forward Error Correction specification to Firmware */
3957 static inline fw_port_cap32_t cc_to_fwcap_fec(enum cc_fec cc_fec)
3959 fw_port_cap32_t fw_fec = 0;
3961 if (cc_fec & FEC_RS)
3962 fw_fec |= FW_PORT_CAP32_FEC_RS;
3963 if (cc_fec & FEC_BASER_RS)
3964 fw_fec |= FW_PORT_CAP32_FEC_BASER_RS;
3970 * t4_link_l1cfg - apply link configuration to MAC/PHY
3971 * @adapter: the adapter
3972 * @mbox: the Firmware Mailbox to use
3973 * @port: the Port ID
3974 * @lc: the Port's Link Configuration
3976 * Set up a port's MAC and PHY according to a desired link configuration.
3977 * - If the PHY can auto-negotiate first decide what to advertise, then
3978 * enable/disable auto-negotiation as desired, and reset.
3979 * - If the PHY does not auto-negotiate just reset it.
3980 * - If auto-negotiation is off set the MAC to the proper speed/duplex/FC,
3981 * otherwise do it later based on the outcome of auto-negotiation.
3983 int t4_link_l1cfg(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int mbox,
3984 unsigned int port, struct link_config *lc)
3986 unsigned int fw_caps = adapter->params.fw_caps_support;
3987 struct fw_port_cmd cmd;
3988 unsigned int fw_mdi = FW_PORT_CAP32_MDI_V(FW_PORT_CAP32_MDI_AUTO);
3989 fw_port_cap32_t fw_fc, cc_fec, fw_fec, rcap;
3993 /* Convert driver coding of Pause Frame Flow Control settings into the
3996 fw_fc = cc_to_fwcap_pause(lc->requested_fc);
3998 /* Convert Common Code Forward Error Control settings into the
3999 * Firmware's API. If the current Requested FEC has "Automatic"
4000 * (IEEE 802.3) specified, then we use whatever the Firmware
4001 * sent us as part of it's IEEE 802.3-based interpratation of
4002 * the Transceiver Module EPROM FEC parameters. Otherwise we
4003 * use whatever is in the current Requested FEC settings.
4005 if (lc->requested_fec & FEC_AUTO)
4006 cc_fec = fwcap_to_cc_fec(lc->def_acaps);
4008 cc_fec = lc->requested_fec;
4009 fw_fec = cc_to_fwcap_fec(cc_fec);
4011 /* Figure out what our Requested Port Capabilities are going to be.
4013 if (!(lc->pcaps & FW_PORT_CAP32_ANEG)) {
4014 rcap = (lc->pcaps & ADVERT_MASK) | fw_fc | fw_fec;
4015 lc->fc = lc->requested_fc & ~PAUSE_AUTONEG;
4017 } else if (lc->autoneg == AUTONEG_DISABLE) {
4018 rcap = lc->speed_caps | fw_fc | fw_fec | fw_mdi;
4019 lc->fc = lc->requested_fc & ~PAUSE_AUTONEG;
4022 rcap = lc->acaps | fw_fc | fw_fec | fw_mdi;
4025 /* And send that on to the Firmware ...
4027 memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
4028 cmd.op_to_portid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_PORT_CMD) |
4029 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_EXEC_F |
4030 FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID_V(port));
4031 cmd.action_to_len16 =
4032 cpu_to_be32(FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION_V(fw_caps == FW_CAPS16
4033 ? FW_PORT_ACTION_L1_CFG
4034 : FW_PORT_ACTION_L1_CFG32) |
4036 if (fw_caps == FW_CAPS16)
4037 cmd.u.l1cfg.rcap = cpu_to_be32(fwcaps32_to_caps16(rcap));
4039 cmd.u.l1cfg32.rcap32 = cpu_to_be32(rcap);
4040 return t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd), NULL);
4044 * t4_restart_aneg - restart autonegotiation
4045 * @adap: the adapter
4046 * @mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
4047 * @port: the port id
4049 * Restarts autonegotiation for the selected port.
4051 int t4_restart_aneg(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int port)
4053 struct fw_port_cmd c;
4055 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4056 c.op_to_portid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_PORT_CMD) |
4057 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_EXEC_F |
4058 FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID_V(port));
4060 cpu_to_be32(FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION_V(FW_PORT_ACTION_L1_CFG) |
4062 c.u.l1cfg.rcap = cpu_to_be32(FW_PORT_CAP32_ANEG);
4063 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4066 typedef void (*int_handler_t)(struct adapter *adap);
4069 unsigned int mask; /* bits to check in interrupt status */
4070 const char *msg; /* message to print or NULL */
4071 short stat_idx; /* stat counter to increment or -1 */
4072 unsigned short fatal; /* whether the condition reported is fatal */
4073 int_handler_t int_handler; /* platform-specific int handler */
4077 * t4_handle_intr_status - table driven interrupt handler
4078 * @adapter: the adapter that generated the interrupt
4079 * @reg: the interrupt status register to process
4080 * @acts: table of interrupt actions
4082 * A table driven interrupt handler that applies a set of masks to an
4083 * interrupt status word and performs the corresponding actions if the
4084 * interrupts described by the mask have occurred. The actions include
4085 * optionally emitting a warning or alert message. The table is terminated
4086 * by an entry specifying mask 0. Returns the number of fatal interrupt
4089 static int t4_handle_intr_status(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int reg,
4090 const struct intr_info *acts)
4093 unsigned int mask = 0;
4094 unsigned int status = t4_read_reg(adapter, reg);
4096 for ( ; acts->mask; ++acts) {
4097 if (!(status & acts->mask))
4101 dev_alert(adapter->pdev_dev, "%s (0x%x)\n", acts->msg,
4102 status & acts->mask);
4103 } else if (acts->msg && printk_ratelimit())
4104 dev_warn(adapter->pdev_dev, "%s (0x%x)\n", acts->msg,
4105 status & acts->mask);
4106 if (acts->int_handler)
4107 acts->int_handler(adapter);
4111 if (status) /* clear processed interrupts */
4112 t4_write_reg(adapter, reg, status);
4117 * Interrupt handler for the PCIE module.
4119 static void pcie_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4121 static const struct intr_info sysbus_intr_info[] = {
4122 { RNPP_F, "RXNP array parity error", -1, 1 },
4123 { RPCP_F, "RXPC array parity error", -1, 1 },
4124 { RCIP_F, "RXCIF array parity error", -1, 1 },
4125 { RCCP_F, "Rx completions control array parity error", -1, 1 },
4126 { RFTP_F, "RXFT array parity error", -1, 1 },
4129 static const struct intr_info pcie_port_intr_info[] = {
4130 { TPCP_F, "TXPC array parity error", -1, 1 },
4131 { TNPP_F, "TXNP array parity error", -1, 1 },
4132 { TFTP_F, "TXFT array parity error", -1, 1 },
4133 { TCAP_F, "TXCA array parity error", -1, 1 },
4134 { TCIP_F, "TXCIF array parity error", -1, 1 },
4135 { RCAP_F, "RXCA array parity error", -1, 1 },
4136 { OTDD_F, "outbound request TLP discarded", -1, 1 },
4137 { RDPE_F, "Rx data parity error", -1, 1 },
4138 { TDUE_F, "Tx uncorrectable data error", -1, 1 },
4141 static const struct intr_info pcie_intr_info[] = {
4142 { MSIADDRLPERR_F, "MSI AddrL parity error", -1, 1 },
4143 { MSIADDRHPERR_F, "MSI AddrH parity error", -1, 1 },
4144 { MSIDATAPERR_F, "MSI data parity error", -1, 1 },
4145 { MSIXADDRLPERR_F, "MSI-X AddrL parity error", -1, 1 },
4146 { MSIXADDRHPERR_F, "MSI-X AddrH parity error", -1, 1 },
4147 { MSIXDATAPERR_F, "MSI-X data parity error", -1, 1 },
4148 { MSIXDIPERR_F, "MSI-X DI parity error", -1, 1 },
4149 { PIOCPLPERR_F, "PCI PIO completion FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4150 { PIOREQPERR_F, "PCI PIO request FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4151 { TARTAGPERR_F, "PCI PCI target tag FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4152 { CCNTPERR_F, "PCI CMD channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
4153 { CREQPERR_F, "PCI CMD channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
4154 { CRSPPERR_F, "PCI CMD channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
4155 { DCNTPERR_F, "PCI DMA channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
4156 { DREQPERR_F, "PCI DMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
4157 { DRSPPERR_F, "PCI DMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
4158 { HCNTPERR_F, "PCI HMA channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
4159 { HREQPERR_F, "PCI HMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
4160 { HRSPPERR_F, "PCI HMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
4161 { CFGSNPPERR_F, "PCI config snoop FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4162 { FIDPERR_F, "PCI FID parity error", -1, 1 },
4163 { INTXCLRPERR_F, "PCI INTx clear parity error", -1, 1 },
4164 { MATAGPERR_F, "PCI MA tag parity error", -1, 1 },
4165 { PIOTAGPERR_F, "PCI PIO tag parity error", -1, 1 },
4166 { RXCPLPERR_F, "PCI Rx completion parity error", -1, 1 },
4167 { RXWRPERR_F, "PCI Rx write parity error", -1, 1 },
4168 { RPLPERR_F, "PCI replay buffer parity error", -1, 1 },
4169 { PCIESINT_F, "PCI core secondary fault", -1, 1 },
4170 { PCIEPINT_F, "PCI core primary fault", -1, 1 },
4171 { UNXSPLCPLERR_F, "PCI unexpected split completion error",
4176 static struct intr_info t5_pcie_intr_info[] = {
4177 { MSTGRPPERR_F, "Master Response Read Queue parity error",
4179 { MSTTIMEOUTPERR_F, "Master Timeout FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4180 { MSIXSTIPERR_F, "MSI-X STI SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
4181 { MSIXADDRLPERR_F, "MSI-X AddrL parity error", -1, 1 },
4182 { MSIXADDRHPERR_F, "MSI-X AddrH parity error", -1, 1 },
4183 { MSIXDATAPERR_F, "MSI-X data parity error", -1, 1 },
4184 { MSIXDIPERR_F, "MSI-X DI parity error", -1, 1 },
4185 { PIOCPLGRPPERR_F, "PCI PIO completion Group FIFO parity error",
4187 { PIOREQGRPPERR_F, "PCI PIO request Group FIFO parity error",
4189 { TARTAGPERR_F, "PCI PCI target tag FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4190 { MSTTAGQPERR_F, "PCI master tag queue parity error", -1, 1 },
4191 { CREQPERR_F, "PCI CMD channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
4192 { CRSPPERR_F, "PCI CMD channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
4193 { DREQWRPERR_F, "PCI DMA channel write request parity error",
4195 { DREQPERR_F, "PCI DMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
4196 { DRSPPERR_F, "PCI DMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
4197 { HREQWRPERR_F, "PCI HMA channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
4198 { HREQPERR_F, "PCI HMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
4199 { HRSPPERR_F, "PCI HMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
4200 { CFGSNPPERR_F, "PCI config snoop FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4201 { FIDPERR_F, "PCI FID parity error", -1, 1 },
4202 { VFIDPERR_F, "PCI INTx clear parity error", -1, 1 },
4203 { MAGRPPERR_F, "PCI MA group FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4204 { PIOTAGPERR_F, "PCI PIO tag parity error", -1, 1 },
4205 { IPRXHDRGRPPERR_F, "PCI IP Rx header group parity error",
4207 { IPRXDATAGRPPERR_F, "PCI IP Rx data group parity error",
4209 { RPLPERR_F, "PCI IP replay buffer parity error", -1, 1 },
4210 { IPSOTPERR_F, "PCI IP SOT buffer parity error", -1, 1 },
4211 { TRGT1GRPPERR_F, "PCI TRGT1 group FIFOs parity error", -1, 1 },
4212 { READRSPERR_F, "Outbound read error", -1, 0 },
4218 if (is_t4(adapter->params.chip))
4219 fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter,
4220 PCIE_CORE_UTL_SYSTEM_BUS_AGENT_STATUS_A,
4222 t4_handle_intr_status(adapter,
4223 PCIE_CORE_UTL_PCI_EXPRESS_PORT_STATUS_A,
4224 pcie_port_intr_info) +
4225 t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, PCIE_INT_CAUSE_A,
4228 fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, PCIE_INT_CAUSE_A,
4232 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4236 * TP interrupt handler.
4238 static void tp_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4240 static const struct intr_info tp_intr_info[] = {
4241 { 0x3fffffff, "TP parity error", -1, 1 },
4242 { FLMTXFLSTEMPTY_F, "TP out of Tx pages", -1, 1 },
4246 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, TP_INT_CAUSE_A, tp_intr_info))
4247 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4251 * SGE interrupt handler.
4253 static void sge_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4258 static const struct intr_info sge_intr_info[] = {
4259 { ERR_CPL_EXCEED_IQE_SIZE_F,
4260 "SGE received CPL exceeding IQE size", -1, 1 },
4261 { ERR_INVALID_CIDX_INC_F,
4262 "SGE GTS CIDX increment too large", -1, 0 },
4263 { ERR_CPL_OPCODE_0_F, "SGE received 0-length CPL", -1, 0 },
4264 { DBFIFO_LP_INT_F, NULL, -1, 0, t4_db_full },
4265 { ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID1_F | ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID0_F,
4266 "SGE IQID > 1023 received CPL for FL", -1, 0 },
4267 { ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX3_F, "SGE DBP 3 pidx increment too large", -1,
4269 { ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX2_F, "SGE DBP 2 pidx increment too large", -1,
4271 { ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX1_F, "SGE DBP 1 pidx increment too large", -1,
4273 { ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX0_F, "SGE DBP 0 pidx increment too large", -1,
4275 { ERR_ING_CTXT_PRIO_F,
4276 "SGE too many priority ingress contexts", -1, 0 },
4277 { INGRESS_SIZE_ERR_F, "SGE illegal ingress QID", -1, 0 },
4278 { EGRESS_SIZE_ERR_F, "SGE illegal egress QID", -1, 0 },
4282 static struct intr_info t4t5_sge_intr_info[] = {
4283 { ERR_DROPPED_DB_F, NULL, -1, 0, t4_db_dropped },
4284 { DBFIFO_HP_INT_F, NULL, -1, 0, t4_db_full },
4285 { ERR_EGR_CTXT_PRIO_F,
4286 "SGE too many priority egress contexts", -1, 0 },
4290 v = (u64)t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_INT_CAUSE1_A) |
4291 ((u64)t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_INT_CAUSE2_A) << 32);
4293 dev_alert(adapter->pdev_dev, "SGE parity error (%#llx)\n",
4294 (unsigned long long)v);
4295 t4_write_reg(adapter, SGE_INT_CAUSE1_A, v);
4296 t4_write_reg(adapter, SGE_INT_CAUSE2_A, v >> 32);
4299 v |= t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, SGE_INT_CAUSE3_A, sge_intr_info);
4300 if (CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adapter->params.chip) <= CHELSIO_T5)
4301 v |= t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, SGE_INT_CAUSE3_A,
4302 t4t5_sge_intr_info);
4304 err = t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_ERROR_STATS_A);
4305 if (err & ERROR_QID_VALID_F) {
4306 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev, "SGE error for queue %u\n",
4308 if (err & UNCAPTURED_ERROR_F)
4309 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev,
4310 "SGE UNCAPTURED_ERROR set (clearing)\n");
4311 t4_write_reg(adapter, SGE_ERROR_STATS_A, ERROR_QID_VALID_F |
4312 UNCAPTURED_ERROR_F);
4316 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4319 #define CIM_OBQ_INTR (OBQULP0PARERR_F | OBQULP1PARERR_F | OBQULP2PARERR_F |\
4320 OBQULP3PARERR_F | OBQSGEPARERR_F | OBQNCSIPARERR_F)
4321 #define CIM_IBQ_INTR (IBQTP0PARERR_F | IBQTP1PARERR_F | IBQULPPARERR_F |\
4322 IBQSGEHIPARERR_F | IBQSGELOPARERR_F | IBQNCSIPARERR_F)
4325 * CIM interrupt handler.
4327 static void cim_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4329 static const struct intr_info cim_intr_info[] = {
4330 { PREFDROPINT_F, "CIM control register prefetch drop", -1, 1 },
4331 { CIM_OBQ_INTR, "CIM OBQ parity error", -1, 1 },
4332 { CIM_IBQ_INTR, "CIM IBQ parity error", -1, 1 },
4333 { MBUPPARERR_F, "CIM mailbox uP parity error", -1, 1 },
4334 { MBHOSTPARERR_F, "CIM mailbox host parity error", -1, 1 },
4335 { TIEQINPARERRINT_F, "CIM TIEQ outgoing parity error", -1, 1 },
4336 { TIEQOUTPARERRINT_F, "CIM TIEQ incoming parity error", -1, 1 },
4337 { TIMER0INT_F, "CIM TIMER0 interrupt", -1, 1 },
4340 static const struct intr_info cim_upintr_info[] = {
4341 { RSVDSPACEINT_F, "CIM reserved space access", -1, 1 },
4342 { ILLTRANSINT_F, "CIM illegal transaction", -1, 1 },
4343 { ILLWRINT_F, "CIM illegal write", -1, 1 },
4344 { ILLRDINT_F, "CIM illegal read", -1, 1 },
4345 { ILLRDBEINT_F, "CIM illegal read BE", -1, 1 },
4346 { ILLWRBEINT_F, "CIM illegal write BE", -1, 1 },
4347 { SGLRDBOOTINT_F, "CIM single read from boot space", -1, 1 },
4348 { SGLWRBOOTINT_F, "CIM single write to boot space", -1, 1 },
4349 { BLKWRBOOTINT_F, "CIM block write to boot space", -1, 1 },
4350 { SGLRDFLASHINT_F, "CIM single read from flash space", -1, 1 },
4351 { SGLWRFLASHINT_F, "CIM single write to flash space", -1, 1 },
4352 { BLKWRFLASHINT_F, "CIM block write to flash space", -1, 1 },
4353 { SGLRDEEPROMINT_F, "CIM single EEPROM read", -1, 1 },
4354 { SGLWREEPROMINT_F, "CIM single EEPROM write", -1, 1 },
4355 { BLKRDEEPROMINT_F, "CIM block EEPROM read", -1, 1 },
4356 { BLKWREEPROMINT_F, "CIM block EEPROM write", -1, 1 },
4357 { SGLRDCTLINT_F, "CIM single read from CTL space", -1, 1 },
4358 { SGLWRCTLINT_F, "CIM single write to CTL space", -1, 1 },
4359 { BLKRDCTLINT_F, "CIM block read from CTL space", -1, 1 },
4360 { BLKWRCTLINT_F, "CIM block write to CTL space", -1, 1 },
4361 { SGLRDPLINT_F, "CIM single read from PL space", -1, 1 },
4362 { SGLWRPLINT_F, "CIM single write to PL space", -1, 1 },
4363 { BLKRDPLINT_F, "CIM block read from PL space", -1, 1 },
4364 { BLKWRPLINT_F, "CIM block write to PL space", -1, 1 },
4365 { REQOVRLOOKUPINT_F, "CIM request FIFO overwrite", -1, 1 },
4366 { RSPOVRLOOKUPINT_F, "CIM response FIFO overwrite", -1, 1 },
4367 { TIMEOUTINT_F, "CIM PIF timeout", -1, 1 },
4368 { TIMEOUTMAINT_F, "CIM PIF MA timeout", -1, 1 },
4375 fw_err = t4_read_reg(adapter, PCIE_FW_A);
4376 if (fw_err & PCIE_FW_ERR_F)
4377 t4_report_fw_error(adapter);
4379 /* When the Firmware detects an internal error which normally
4380 * wouldn't raise a Host Interrupt, it forces a CIM Timer0 interrupt
4381 * in order to make sure the Host sees the Firmware Crash. So
4382 * if we have a Timer0 interrupt and don't see a Firmware Crash,
4383 * ignore the Timer0 interrupt.
4386 val = t4_read_reg(adapter, CIM_HOST_INT_CAUSE_A);
4387 if (val & TIMER0INT_F)
4388 if (!(fw_err & PCIE_FW_ERR_F) ||
4389 (PCIE_FW_EVAL_G(fw_err) != PCIE_FW_EVAL_CRASH))
4390 t4_write_reg(adapter, CIM_HOST_INT_CAUSE_A,
4393 fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, CIM_HOST_INT_CAUSE_A,
4395 t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, CIM_HOST_UPACC_INT_CAUSE_A,
4398 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4402 * ULP RX interrupt handler.
4404 static void ulprx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4406 static const struct intr_info ulprx_intr_info[] = {
4407 { 0x1800000, "ULPRX context error", -1, 1 },
4408 { 0x7fffff, "ULPRX parity error", -1, 1 },
4412 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, ULP_RX_INT_CAUSE_A, ulprx_intr_info))
4413 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4417 * ULP TX interrupt handler.
4419 static void ulptx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4421 static const struct intr_info ulptx_intr_info[] = {
4422 { PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH3_F, "ULPTX channel 3 PBL out of bounds", -1,
4424 { PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH2_F, "ULPTX channel 2 PBL out of bounds", -1,
4426 { PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH1_F, "ULPTX channel 1 PBL out of bounds", -1,
4428 { PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH0_F, "ULPTX channel 0 PBL out of bounds", -1,
4430 { 0xfffffff, "ULPTX parity error", -1, 1 },
4434 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, ULP_TX_INT_CAUSE_A, ulptx_intr_info))
4435 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4439 * PM TX interrupt handler.
4441 static void pmtx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4443 static const struct intr_info pmtx_intr_info[] = {
4444 { PCMD_LEN_OVFL0_F, "PMTX channel 0 pcmd too large", -1, 1 },
4445 { PCMD_LEN_OVFL1_F, "PMTX channel 1 pcmd too large", -1, 1 },
4446 { PCMD_LEN_OVFL2_F, "PMTX channel 2 pcmd too large", -1, 1 },
4447 { ZERO_C_CMD_ERROR_F, "PMTX 0-length pcmd", -1, 1 },
4448 { PMTX_FRAMING_ERROR_F, "PMTX framing error", -1, 1 },
4449 { OESPI_PAR_ERROR_F, "PMTX oespi parity error", -1, 1 },
4450 { DB_OPTIONS_PAR_ERROR_F, "PMTX db_options parity error",
4452 { ICSPI_PAR_ERROR_F, "PMTX icspi parity error", -1, 1 },
4453 { PMTX_C_PCMD_PAR_ERROR_F, "PMTX c_pcmd parity error", -1, 1},
4457 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, PM_TX_INT_CAUSE_A, pmtx_intr_info))
4458 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4462 * PM RX interrupt handler.
4464 static void pmrx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4466 static const struct intr_info pmrx_intr_info[] = {
4467 { ZERO_E_CMD_ERROR_F, "PMRX 0-length pcmd", -1, 1 },
4468 { PMRX_FRAMING_ERROR_F, "PMRX framing error", -1, 1 },
4469 { OCSPI_PAR_ERROR_F, "PMRX ocspi parity error", -1, 1 },
4470 { DB_OPTIONS_PAR_ERROR_F, "PMRX db_options parity error",
4472 { IESPI_PAR_ERROR_F, "PMRX iespi parity error", -1, 1 },
4473 { PMRX_E_PCMD_PAR_ERROR_F, "PMRX e_pcmd parity error", -1, 1},
4477 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, PM_RX_INT_CAUSE_A, pmrx_intr_info))
4478 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4482 * CPL switch interrupt handler.
4484 static void cplsw_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4486 static const struct intr_info cplsw_intr_info[] = {
4487 { CIM_OP_MAP_PERR_F, "CPLSW CIM op_map parity error", -1, 1 },
4488 { CIM_OVFL_ERROR_F, "CPLSW CIM overflow", -1, 1 },
4489 { TP_FRAMING_ERROR_F, "CPLSW TP framing error", -1, 1 },
4490 { SGE_FRAMING_ERROR_F, "CPLSW SGE framing error", -1, 1 },
4491 { CIM_FRAMING_ERROR_F, "CPLSW CIM framing error", -1, 1 },
4492 { ZERO_SWITCH_ERROR_F, "CPLSW no-switch error", -1, 1 },
4496 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, CPL_INTR_CAUSE_A, cplsw_intr_info))
4497 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4501 * LE interrupt handler.
4503 static void le_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
4505 enum chip_type chip = CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip);
4506 static const struct intr_info le_intr_info[] = {
4507 { LIPMISS_F, "LE LIP miss", -1, 0 },
4508 { LIP0_F, "LE 0 LIP error", -1, 0 },
4509 { PARITYERR_F, "LE parity error", -1, 1 },
4510 { UNKNOWNCMD_F, "LE unknown command", -1, 1 },
4511 { REQQPARERR_F, "LE request queue parity error", -1, 1 },
4515 static struct intr_info t6_le_intr_info[] = {
4516 { T6_LIPMISS_F, "LE LIP miss", -1, 0 },
4517 { T6_LIP0_F, "LE 0 LIP error", -1, 0 },
4518 { TCAMINTPERR_F, "LE parity error", -1, 1 },
4519 { T6_UNKNOWNCMD_F, "LE unknown command", -1, 1 },
4520 { SSRAMINTPERR_F, "LE request queue parity error", -1, 1 },
4524 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, LE_DB_INT_CAUSE_A,
4525 (chip <= CHELSIO_T5) ?
4526 le_intr_info : t6_le_intr_info))
4531 * MPS interrupt handler.
4533 static void mps_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4535 static const struct intr_info mps_rx_intr_info[] = {
4536 { 0xffffff, "MPS Rx parity error", -1, 1 },
4539 static const struct intr_info mps_tx_intr_info[] = {
4540 { TPFIFO_V(TPFIFO_M), "MPS Tx TP FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4541 { NCSIFIFO_F, "MPS Tx NC-SI FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4542 { TXDATAFIFO_V(TXDATAFIFO_M), "MPS Tx data FIFO parity error",
4544 { TXDESCFIFO_V(TXDESCFIFO_M), "MPS Tx desc FIFO parity error",
4546 { BUBBLE_F, "MPS Tx underflow", -1, 1 },
4547 { SECNTERR_F, "MPS Tx SOP/EOP error", -1, 1 },
4548 { FRMERR_F, "MPS Tx framing error", -1, 1 },
4551 static const struct intr_info t6_mps_tx_intr_info[] = {
4552 { TPFIFO_V(TPFIFO_M), "MPS Tx TP FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4553 { NCSIFIFO_F, "MPS Tx NC-SI FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4554 { TXDATAFIFO_V(TXDATAFIFO_M), "MPS Tx data FIFO parity error",
4556 { TXDESCFIFO_V(TXDESCFIFO_M), "MPS Tx desc FIFO parity error",
4558 /* MPS Tx Bubble is normal for T6 */
4559 { SECNTERR_F, "MPS Tx SOP/EOP error", -1, 1 },
4560 { FRMERR_F, "MPS Tx framing error", -1, 1 },
4563 static const struct intr_info mps_trc_intr_info[] = {
4564 { FILTMEM_V(FILTMEM_M), "MPS TRC filter parity error", -1, 1 },
4565 { PKTFIFO_V(PKTFIFO_M), "MPS TRC packet FIFO parity error",
4567 { MISCPERR_F, "MPS TRC misc parity error", -1, 1 },
4570 static const struct intr_info mps_stat_sram_intr_info[] = {
4571 { 0x1fffff, "MPS statistics SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
4574 static const struct intr_info mps_stat_tx_intr_info[] = {
4575 { 0xfffff, "MPS statistics Tx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4578 static const struct intr_info mps_stat_rx_intr_info[] = {
4579 { 0xffffff, "MPS statistics Rx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4582 static const struct intr_info mps_cls_intr_info[] = {
4583 { MATCHSRAM_F, "MPS match SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
4584 { MATCHTCAM_F, "MPS match TCAM parity error", -1, 1 },
4585 { HASHSRAM_F, "MPS hash SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
4591 fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, MPS_RX_PERR_INT_CAUSE_A,
4593 t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, MPS_TX_INT_CAUSE_A,
4594 is_t6(adapter->params.chip)
4595 ? t6_mps_tx_intr_info
4596 : mps_tx_intr_info) +
4597 t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, MPS_TRC_INT_CAUSE_A,
4598 mps_trc_intr_info) +
4599 t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, MPS_STAT_PERR_INT_CAUSE_SRAM_A,
4600 mps_stat_sram_intr_info) +
4601 t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, MPS_STAT_PERR_INT_CAUSE_TX_FIFO_A,
4602 mps_stat_tx_intr_info) +
4603 t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, MPS_STAT_PERR_INT_CAUSE_RX_FIFO_A,
4604 mps_stat_rx_intr_info) +
4605 t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, MPS_CLS_INT_CAUSE_A,
4608 t4_write_reg(adapter, MPS_INT_CAUSE_A, 0);
4609 t4_read_reg(adapter, MPS_INT_CAUSE_A); /* flush */
4611 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4614 #define MEM_INT_MASK (PERR_INT_CAUSE_F | ECC_CE_INT_CAUSE_F | \
4618 * EDC/MC interrupt handler.
4620 static void mem_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter, int idx)
4622 static const char name[4][7] = { "EDC0", "EDC1", "MC/MC0", "MC1" };
4624 unsigned int addr, cnt_addr, v;
4626 if (idx <= MEM_EDC1) {
4627 addr = EDC_REG(EDC_INT_CAUSE_A, idx);
4628 cnt_addr = EDC_REG(EDC_ECC_STATUS_A, idx);
4629 } else if (idx == MEM_MC) {
4630 if (is_t4(adapter->params.chip)) {
4631 addr = MC_INT_CAUSE_A;
4632 cnt_addr = MC_ECC_STATUS_A;
4634 addr = MC_P_INT_CAUSE_A;
4635 cnt_addr = MC_P_ECC_STATUS_A;
4638 addr = MC_REG(MC_P_INT_CAUSE_A, 1);
4639 cnt_addr = MC_REG(MC_P_ECC_STATUS_A, 1);
4642 v = t4_read_reg(adapter, addr) & MEM_INT_MASK;
4643 if (v & PERR_INT_CAUSE_F)
4644 dev_alert(adapter->pdev_dev, "%s FIFO parity error\n",
4646 if (v & ECC_CE_INT_CAUSE_F) {
4647 u32 cnt = ECC_CECNT_G(t4_read_reg(adapter, cnt_addr));
4649 t4_edc_err_read(adapter, idx);
4651 t4_write_reg(adapter, cnt_addr, ECC_CECNT_V(ECC_CECNT_M));
4652 if (printk_ratelimit())
4653 dev_warn(adapter->pdev_dev,
4654 "%u %s correctable ECC data error%s\n",
4655 cnt, name[idx], cnt > 1 ? "s" : "");
4657 if (v & ECC_UE_INT_CAUSE_F)
4658 dev_alert(adapter->pdev_dev,
4659 "%s uncorrectable ECC data error\n", name[idx]);
4661 t4_write_reg(adapter, addr, v);
4662 if (v & (PERR_INT_CAUSE_F | ECC_UE_INT_CAUSE_F))
4663 t4_fatal_err(adapter);
4667 * MA interrupt handler.
4669 static void ma_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
4671 u32 v, status = t4_read_reg(adap, MA_INT_CAUSE_A);
4673 if (status & MEM_PERR_INT_CAUSE_F) {
4674 dev_alert(adap->pdev_dev,
4675 "MA parity error, parity status %#x\n",
4676 t4_read_reg(adap, MA_PARITY_ERROR_STATUS1_A));
4677 if (is_t5(adap->params.chip))
4678 dev_alert(adap->pdev_dev,
4679 "MA parity error, parity status %#x\n",
4681 MA_PARITY_ERROR_STATUS2_A));
4683 if (status & MEM_WRAP_INT_CAUSE_F) {
4684 v = t4_read_reg(adap, MA_INT_WRAP_STATUS_A);
4685 dev_alert(adap->pdev_dev, "MA address wrap-around error by "
4686 "client %u to address %#x\n",
4687 MEM_WRAP_CLIENT_NUM_G(v),
4688 MEM_WRAP_ADDRESS_G(v) << 4);
4690 t4_write_reg(adap, MA_INT_CAUSE_A, status);
4695 * SMB interrupt handler.
4697 static void smb_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
4699 static const struct intr_info smb_intr_info[] = {
4700 { MSTTXFIFOPARINT_F, "SMB master Tx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4701 { MSTRXFIFOPARINT_F, "SMB master Rx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4702 { SLVFIFOPARINT_F, "SMB slave FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4706 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, SMB_INT_CAUSE_A, smb_intr_info))
4711 * NC-SI interrupt handler.
4713 static void ncsi_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
4715 static const struct intr_info ncsi_intr_info[] = {
4716 { CIM_DM_PRTY_ERR_F, "NC-SI CIM parity error", -1, 1 },
4717 { MPS_DM_PRTY_ERR_F, "NC-SI MPS parity error", -1, 1 },
4718 { TXFIFO_PRTY_ERR_F, "NC-SI Tx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4719 { RXFIFO_PRTY_ERR_F, "NC-SI Rx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
4723 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, NCSI_INT_CAUSE_A, ncsi_intr_info))
4728 * XGMAC interrupt handler.
4730 static void xgmac_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap, int port)
4732 u32 v, int_cause_reg;
4734 if (is_t4(adap->params.chip))
4735 int_cause_reg = PORT_REG(port, XGMAC_PORT_INT_CAUSE_A);
4737 int_cause_reg = T5_PORT_REG(port, MAC_PORT_INT_CAUSE_A);
4739 v = t4_read_reg(adap, int_cause_reg);
4741 v &= TXFIFO_PRTY_ERR_F | RXFIFO_PRTY_ERR_F;
4745 if (v & TXFIFO_PRTY_ERR_F)
4746 dev_alert(adap->pdev_dev, "XGMAC %d Tx FIFO parity error\n",
4748 if (v & RXFIFO_PRTY_ERR_F)
4749 dev_alert(adap->pdev_dev, "XGMAC %d Rx FIFO parity error\n",
4751 t4_write_reg(adap, PORT_REG(port, XGMAC_PORT_INT_CAUSE_A), v);
4756 * PL interrupt handler.
4758 static void pl_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
4760 static const struct intr_info pl_intr_info[] = {
4761 { FATALPERR_F, "T4 fatal parity error", -1, 1 },
4762 { PERRVFID_F, "PL VFID_MAP parity error", -1, 1 },
4766 if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, PL_PL_INT_CAUSE_A, pl_intr_info))
4770 #define PF_INTR_MASK (PFSW_F)
4771 #define GLBL_INTR_MASK (CIM_F | MPS_F | PL_F | PCIE_F | MC_F | EDC0_F | \
4772 EDC1_F | LE_F | TP_F | MA_F | PM_TX_F | PM_RX_F | ULP_RX_F | \
4773 CPL_SWITCH_F | SGE_F | ULP_TX_F | SF_F)
4776 * t4_slow_intr_handler - control path interrupt handler
4777 * @adapter: the adapter
4779 * T4 interrupt handler for non-data global interrupt events, e.g., errors.
4780 * The designation 'slow' is because it involves register reads, while
4781 * data interrupts typically don't involve any MMIOs.
4783 int t4_slow_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
4785 u32 cause = t4_read_reg(adapter, PL_INT_CAUSE_A);
4787 if (!(cause & GLBL_INTR_MASK))
4790 cim_intr_handler(adapter);
4792 mps_intr_handler(adapter);
4794 ncsi_intr_handler(adapter);
4796 pl_intr_handler(adapter);
4798 smb_intr_handler(adapter);
4799 if (cause & XGMAC0_F)
4800 xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 0);
4801 if (cause & XGMAC1_F)
4802 xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 1);
4803 if (cause & XGMAC_KR0_F)
4804 xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 2);
4805 if (cause & XGMAC_KR1_F)
4806 xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 3);
4808 pcie_intr_handler(adapter);
4810 mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_MC);
4811 if (is_t5(adapter->params.chip) && (cause & MC1_F))
4812 mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_MC1);
4814 mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_EDC0);
4816 mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_EDC1);
4818 le_intr_handler(adapter);
4820 tp_intr_handler(adapter);
4822 ma_intr_handler(adapter);
4823 if (cause & PM_TX_F)
4824 pmtx_intr_handler(adapter);
4825 if (cause & PM_RX_F)
4826 pmrx_intr_handler(adapter);
4827 if (cause & ULP_RX_F)
4828 ulprx_intr_handler(adapter);
4829 if (cause & CPL_SWITCH_F)
4830 cplsw_intr_handler(adapter);
4832 sge_intr_handler(adapter);
4833 if (cause & ULP_TX_F)
4834 ulptx_intr_handler(adapter);
4836 /* Clear the interrupts just processed for which we are the master. */
4837 t4_write_reg(adapter, PL_INT_CAUSE_A, cause & GLBL_INTR_MASK);
4838 (void)t4_read_reg(adapter, PL_INT_CAUSE_A); /* flush */
4843 * t4_intr_enable - enable interrupts
4844 * @adapter: the adapter whose interrupts should be enabled
4846 * Enable PF-specific interrupts for the calling function and the top-level
4847 * interrupt concentrator for global interrupts. Interrupts are already
4848 * enabled at each module, here we just enable the roots of the interrupt
4851 * Note: this function should be called only when the driver manages
4852 * non PF-specific interrupts from the various HW modules. Only one PCI
4853 * function at a time should be doing this.
4855 void t4_intr_enable(struct adapter *adapter)
4858 u32 whoami = t4_read_reg(adapter, PL_WHOAMI_A);
4859 u32 pf = CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adapter->params.chip) <= CHELSIO_T5 ?
4860 SOURCEPF_G(whoami) : T6_SOURCEPF_G(whoami);
4862 if (CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adapter->params.chip) <= CHELSIO_T5)
4863 val = ERR_DROPPED_DB_F | ERR_EGR_CTXT_PRIO_F | DBFIFO_HP_INT_F;
4864 t4_write_reg(adapter, SGE_INT_ENABLE3_A, ERR_CPL_EXCEED_IQE_SIZE_F |
4865 ERR_INVALID_CIDX_INC_F | ERR_CPL_OPCODE_0_F |
4866 ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID1_F | INGRESS_SIZE_ERR_F |
4867 ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID0_F | ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX3_F |
4868 ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX2_F | ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX1_F |
4869 ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX0_F | ERR_ING_CTXT_PRIO_F |
4870 DBFIFO_LP_INT_F | EGRESS_SIZE_ERR_F | val);
4871 t4_write_reg(adapter, MYPF_REG(PL_PF_INT_ENABLE_A), PF_INTR_MASK);
4872 t4_set_reg_field(adapter, PL_INT_MAP0_A, 0, 1 << pf);
4876 * t4_intr_disable - disable interrupts
4877 * @adapter: the adapter whose interrupts should be disabled
4879 * Disable interrupts. We only disable the top-level interrupt
4880 * concentrators. The caller must be a PCI function managing global
4883 void t4_intr_disable(struct adapter *adapter)
4887 if (pci_channel_offline(adapter->pdev))
4890 whoami = t4_read_reg(adapter, PL_WHOAMI_A);
4891 pf = CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adapter->params.chip) <= CHELSIO_T5 ?
4892 SOURCEPF_G(whoami) : T6_SOURCEPF_G(whoami);
4894 t4_write_reg(adapter, MYPF_REG(PL_PF_INT_ENABLE_A), 0);
4895 t4_set_reg_field(adapter, PL_INT_MAP0_A, 1 << pf, 0);
4899 * t4_config_rss_range - configure a portion of the RSS mapping table
4900 * @adapter: the adapter
4901 * @mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
4902 * @viid: virtual interface whose RSS subtable is to be written
4903 * @start: start entry in the table to write
4904 * @n: how many table entries to write
4905 * @rspq: values for the response queue lookup table
4906 * @nrspq: number of values in @rspq
4908 * Programs the selected part of the VI's RSS mapping table with the
4909 * provided values. If @nrspq < @n the supplied values are used repeatedly
4910 * until the full table range is populated.
4912 * The caller must ensure the values in @rspq are in the range allowed for
4915 int t4_config_rss_range(struct adapter *adapter, int mbox, unsigned int viid,
4916 int start, int n, const u16 *rspq, unsigned int nrspq)
4919 const u16 *rsp = rspq;
4920 const u16 *rsp_end = rspq + nrspq;
4921 struct fw_rss_ind_tbl_cmd cmd;
4923 memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
4924 cmd.op_to_viid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD) |
4925 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_WRITE_F |
4926 FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
4927 cmd.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(cmd));
4929 /* each fw_rss_ind_tbl_cmd takes up to 32 entries */
4931 int nq = min(n, 32);
4932 __be32 *qp = &cmd.iq0_to_iq2;
4934 cmd.niqid = cpu_to_be16(nq);
4935 cmd.startidx = cpu_to_be16(start);
4943 v = FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_IQ0_V(*rsp);
4944 if (++rsp >= rsp_end)
4946 v |= FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_IQ1_V(*rsp);
4947 if (++rsp >= rsp_end)
4949 v |= FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_IQ2_V(*rsp);
4950 if (++rsp >= rsp_end)
4953 *qp++ = cpu_to_be32(v);
4957 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd), NULL);
4965 * t4_config_glbl_rss - configure the global RSS mode
4966 * @adapter: the adapter
4967 * @mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
4968 * @mode: global RSS mode
4969 * @flags: mode-specific flags
4971 * Sets the global RSS mode.
4973 int t4_config_glbl_rss(struct adapter *adapter, int mbox, unsigned int mode,
4976 struct fw_rss_glb_config_cmd c;
4978 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4979 c.op_to_write = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD) |
4980 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_WRITE_F);
4981 c.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
4982 if (mode == FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE_MANUAL) {
4983 c.u.manual.mode_pkd =
4984 cpu_to_be32(FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE_V(mode));
4985 } else if (mode == FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE_BASICVIRTUAL) {
4986 c.u.basicvirtual.mode_pkd =
4987 cpu_to_be32(FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE_V(mode));
4988 c.u.basicvirtual.synmapen_to_hashtoeplitz = cpu_to_be32(flags);
4991 return t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4995 * t4_config_vi_rss - configure per VI RSS settings
4996 * @adapter: the adapter
4997 * @mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
5000 * @defq: id of the default RSS queue for the VI.
5002 * Configures VI-specific RSS properties.
5004 int t4_config_vi_rss(struct adapter *adapter, int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5005 unsigned int flags, unsigned int defq)
5007 struct fw_rss_vi_config_cmd c;
5009 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5010 c.op_to_viid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD) |
5011 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_WRITE_F |
5012 FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
5013 c.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
5014 c.u.basicvirtual.defaultq_to_udpen = cpu_to_be32(flags |
5015 FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD_DEFAULTQ_V(defq));
5016 return t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5019 /* Read an RSS table row */
5020 static int rd_rss_row(struct adapter *adap, int row, u32 *val)
5022 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_RSS_LKP_TABLE_A, 0xfff00000 | row);
5023 return t4_wait_op_done_val(adap, TP_RSS_LKP_TABLE_A, LKPTBLROWVLD_F, 1,
5028 * t4_read_rss - read the contents of the RSS mapping table
5029 * @adapter: the adapter
5030 * @map: holds the contents of the RSS mapping table
5032 * Reads the contents of the RSS hash->queue mapping table.
5034 int t4_read_rss(struct adapter *adapter, u16 *map)
5039 for (i = 0; i < RSS_NENTRIES / 2; ++i) {
5040 ret = rd_rss_row(adapter, i, &val);
5043 *map++ = LKPTBLQUEUE0_G(val);
5044 *map++ = LKPTBLQUEUE1_G(val);
5049 static unsigned int t4_use_ldst(struct adapter *adap)
5051 return (adap->flags & FW_OK) || !adap->use_bd;
5055 * t4_fw_tp_pio_rw - Access TP PIO through LDST
5056 * @adap: the adapter
5057 * @vals: where the indirect register values are stored/written
5058 * @nregs: how many indirect registers to read/write
5059 * @start_idx: index of first indirect register to read/write
5060 * @rw: Read (1) or Write (0)
5062 * Access TP PIO registers through LDST
5064 static void t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(struct adapter *adap, u32 *vals, unsigned int nregs,
5065 unsigned int start_index, unsigned int rw)
5068 int cmd = FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_TP_PIO;
5069 struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
5071 for (i = 0 ; i < nregs; i++) {
5072 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5073 c.op_to_addrspace = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_LDST_CMD) |
5075 (rw ? FW_CMD_READ_F :
5077 FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE_V(cmd));
5078 c.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
5080 c.u.addrval.addr = cpu_to_be32(start_index + i);
5081 c.u.addrval.val = rw ? 0 : cpu_to_be32(vals[i]);
5082 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, adap->mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
5084 vals[i] = be32_to_cpu(c.u.addrval.val);
5089 * t4_read_rss_key - read the global RSS key
5090 * @adap: the adapter
5091 * @key: 10-entry array holding the 320-bit RSS key
5093 * Reads the global 320-bit RSS key.
5095 void t4_read_rss_key(struct adapter *adap, u32 *key)
5097 if (t4_use_ldst(adap))
5098 t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(adap, key, 10, TP_RSS_SECRET_KEY0_A, 1);
5100 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, TP_PIO_DATA_A, key, 10,
5101 TP_RSS_SECRET_KEY0_A);
5105 * t4_write_rss_key - program one of the RSS keys
5106 * @adap: the adapter
5107 * @key: 10-entry array holding the 320-bit RSS key
5108 * @idx: which RSS key to write
5110 * Writes one of the RSS keys with the given 320-bit value. If @idx is
5111 * 0..15 the corresponding entry in the RSS key table is written,
5112 * otherwise the global RSS key is written.
5114 void t4_write_rss_key(struct adapter *adap, const u32 *key, int idx)
5116 u8 rss_key_addr_cnt = 16;
5117 u32 vrt = t4_read_reg(adap, TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT_A);
5119 /* T6 and later: for KeyMode 3 (per-vf and per-vf scramble),
5120 * allows access to key addresses 16-63 by using KeyWrAddrX
5121 * as index[5:4](upper 2) into key table
5123 if ((CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip) > CHELSIO_T5) &&
5124 (vrt & KEYEXTEND_F) && (KEYMODE_G(vrt) == 3))
5125 rss_key_addr_cnt = 32;
5127 if (t4_use_ldst(adap))
5128 t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(adap, (void *)key, 10, TP_RSS_SECRET_KEY0_A, 0);
5130 t4_write_indirect(adap, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, TP_PIO_DATA_A, key, 10,
5131 TP_RSS_SECRET_KEY0_A);
5133 if (idx >= 0 && idx < rss_key_addr_cnt) {
5134 if (rss_key_addr_cnt > 16)
5135 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT_A,
5136 KEYWRADDRX_V(idx >> 4) |
5137 T6_VFWRADDR_V(idx) | KEYWREN_F);
5139 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT_A,
5140 KEYWRADDR_V(idx) | KEYWREN_F);
5145 * t4_read_rss_pf_config - read PF RSS Configuration Table
5146 * @adapter: the adapter
5147 * @index: the entry in the PF RSS table to read
5148 * @valp: where to store the returned value
5150 * Reads the PF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index and returns
5151 * the value found there.
5153 void t4_read_rss_pf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index,
5156 if (t4_use_ldst(adapter))
5157 t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(adapter, valp, 1,
5158 TP_RSS_PF0_CONFIG_A + index, 1);
5160 t4_read_indirect(adapter, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, TP_PIO_DATA_A,
5161 valp, 1, TP_RSS_PF0_CONFIG_A + index);
5165 * t4_read_rss_vf_config - read VF RSS Configuration Table
5166 * @adapter: the adapter
5167 * @index: the entry in the VF RSS table to read
5168 * @vfl: where to store the returned VFL
5169 * @vfh: where to store the returned VFH
5171 * Reads the VF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index and returns
5172 * the (VFL, VFH) values found there.
5174 void t4_read_rss_vf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index,
5177 u32 vrt, mask, data;
5179 if (CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adapter->params.chip) <= CHELSIO_T5) {
5180 mask = VFWRADDR_V(VFWRADDR_M);
5181 data = VFWRADDR_V(index);
5183 mask = T6_VFWRADDR_V(T6_VFWRADDR_M);
5184 data = T6_VFWRADDR_V(index);
5187 /* Request that the index'th VF Table values be read into VFL/VFH.
5189 vrt = t4_read_reg(adapter, TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT_A);
5190 vrt &= ~(VFRDRG_F | VFWREN_F | KEYWREN_F | mask);
5191 vrt |= data | VFRDEN_F;
5192 t4_write_reg(adapter, TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT_A, vrt);
5194 /* Grab the VFL/VFH values ...
5196 if (t4_use_ldst(adapter)) {
5197 t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(adapter, vfl, 1, TP_RSS_VFL_CONFIG_A, 1);
5198 t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(adapter, vfh, 1, TP_RSS_VFH_CONFIG_A, 1);
5200 t4_read_indirect(adapter, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, TP_PIO_DATA_A,
5201 vfl, 1, TP_RSS_VFL_CONFIG_A);
5202 t4_read_indirect(adapter, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, TP_PIO_DATA_A,
5203 vfh, 1, TP_RSS_VFH_CONFIG_A);
5208 * t4_read_rss_pf_map - read PF RSS Map
5209 * @adapter: the adapter
5211 * Reads the PF RSS Map register and returns its value.
5213 u32 t4_read_rss_pf_map(struct adapter *adapter)
5217 if (t4_use_ldst(adapter))
5218 t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(adapter, &pfmap, 1, TP_RSS_PF_MAP_A, 1);
5220 t4_read_indirect(adapter, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, TP_PIO_DATA_A,
5221 &pfmap, 1, TP_RSS_PF_MAP_A);
5226 * t4_read_rss_pf_mask - read PF RSS Mask
5227 * @adapter: the adapter
5229 * Reads the PF RSS Mask register and returns its value.
5231 u32 t4_read_rss_pf_mask(struct adapter *adapter)
5235 if (t4_use_ldst(adapter))
5236 t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(adapter, &pfmask, 1, TP_RSS_PF_MSK_A, 1);
5238 t4_read_indirect(adapter, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, TP_PIO_DATA_A,
5239 &pfmask, 1, TP_RSS_PF_MSK_A);
5244 * t4_tp_get_tcp_stats - read TP's TCP MIB counters
5245 * @adap: the adapter
5246 * @v4: holds the TCP/IP counter values
5247 * @v6: holds the TCP/IPv6 counter values
5249 * Returns the values of TP's TCP/IP and TCP/IPv6 MIB counters.
5250 * Either @v4 or @v6 may be %NULL to skip the corresponding stats.
5252 void t4_tp_get_tcp_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_tcp_stats *v4,
5253 struct tp_tcp_stats *v6)
5255 u32 val[TP_MIB_TCP_RXT_SEG_LO_A - TP_MIB_TCP_OUT_RST_A + 1];
5257 #define STAT_IDX(x) ((TP_MIB_TCP_##x##_A) - TP_MIB_TCP_OUT_RST_A)
5258 #define STAT(x) val[STAT_IDX(x)]
5259 #define STAT64(x) (((u64)STAT(x##_HI) << 32) | STAT(x##_LO))
5262 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A, val,
5263 ARRAY_SIZE(val), TP_MIB_TCP_OUT_RST_A);
5264 v4->tcp_out_rsts = STAT(OUT_RST);
5265 v4->tcp_in_segs = STAT64(IN_SEG);
5266 v4->tcp_out_segs = STAT64(OUT_SEG);
5267 v4->tcp_retrans_segs = STAT64(RXT_SEG);
5270 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A, val,
5271 ARRAY_SIZE(val), TP_MIB_TCP_V6OUT_RST_A);
5272 v6->tcp_out_rsts = STAT(OUT_RST);
5273 v6->tcp_in_segs = STAT64(IN_SEG);
5274 v6->tcp_out_segs = STAT64(OUT_SEG);
5275 v6->tcp_retrans_segs = STAT64(RXT_SEG);
5283 * t4_tp_get_err_stats - read TP's error MIB counters
5284 * @adap: the adapter
5285 * @st: holds the counter values
5287 * Returns the values of TP's error counters.
5289 void t4_tp_get_err_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_err_stats *st)
5291 int nchan = adap->params.arch.nchan;
5293 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A,
5294 st->mac_in_errs, nchan, TP_MIB_MAC_IN_ERR_0_A);
5295 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A,
5296 st->hdr_in_errs, nchan, TP_MIB_HDR_IN_ERR_0_A);
5297 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A,
5298 st->tcp_in_errs, nchan, TP_MIB_TCP_IN_ERR_0_A);
5299 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A,
5300 st->tnl_cong_drops, nchan, TP_MIB_TNL_CNG_DROP_0_A);
5301 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A,
5302 st->ofld_chan_drops, nchan, TP_MIB_OFD_CHN_DROP_0_A);
5303 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A,
5304 st->tnl_tx_drops, nchan, TP_MIB_TNL_DROP_0_A);
5305 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A,
5306 st->ofld_vlan_drops, nchan, TP_MIB_OFD_VLN_DROP_0_A);
5307 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A,
5308 st->tcp6_in_errs, nchan, TP_MIB_TCP_V6IN_ERR_0_A);
5310 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A,
5311 &st->ofld_no_neigh, 2, TP_MIB_OFD_ARP_DROP_A);
5315 * t4_tp_get_cpl_stats - read TP's CPL MIB counters
5316 * @adap: the adapter
5317 * @st: holds the counter values
5319 * Returns the values of TP's CPL counters.
5321 void t4_tp_get_cpl_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_cpl_stats *st)
5323 int nchan = adap->params.arch.nchan;
5325 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A, st->req,
5326 nchan, TP_MIB_CPL_IN_REQ_0_A);
5327 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A, st->rsp,
5328 nchan, TP_MIB_CPL_OUT_RSP_0_A);
5333 * t4_tp_get_rdma_stats - read TP's RDMA MIB counters
5334 * @adap: the adapter
5335 * @st: holds the counter values
5337 * Returns the values of TP's RDMA counters.
5339 void t4_tp_get_rdma_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_rdma_stats *st)
5341 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A, &st->rqe_dfr_pkt,
5342 2, TP_MIB_RQE_DFR_PKT_A);
5346 * t4_get_fcoe_stats - read TP's FCoE MIB counters for a port
5347 * @adap: the adapter
5348 * @idx: the port index
5349 * @st: holds the counter values
5351 * Returns the values of TP's FCoE counters for the selected port.
5353 void t4_get_fcoe_stats(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int idx,
5354 struct tp_fcoe_stats *st)
5358 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A, &st->frames_ddp,
5359 1, TP_MIB_FCOE_DDP_0_A + idx);
5360 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A, &st->frames_drop,
5361 1, TP_MIB_FCOE_DROP_0_A + idx);
5362 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A, val,
5363 2, TP_MIB_FCOE_BYTE_0_HI_A + 2 * idx);
5364 st->octets_ddp = ((u64)val[0] << 32) | val[1];
5368 * t4_get_usm_stats - read TP's non-TCP DDP MIB counters
5369 * @adap: the adapter
5370 * @st: holds the counter values
5372 * Returns the values of TP's counters for non-TCP directly-placed packets.
5374 void t4_get_usm_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_usm_stats *st)
5378 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_MIB_INDEX_A, TP_MIB_DATA_A, val, 4,
5380 st->frames = val[0];
5382 st->octets = ((u64)val[2] << 32) | val[3];
5386 * t4_read_mtu_tbl - returns the values in the HW path MTU table
5387 * @adap: the adapter
5388 * @mtus: where to store the MTU values
5389 * @mtu_log: where to store the MTU base-2 log (may be %NULL)
5391 * Reads the HW path MTU table.
5393 void t4_read_mtu_tbl(struct adapter *adap, u16 *mtus, u8 *mtu_log)
5398 for (i = 0; i < NMTUS; ++i) {
5399 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_MTU_TABLE_A,
5400 MTUINDEX_V(0xff) | MTUVALUE_V(i));
5401 v = t4_read_reg(adap, TP_MTU_TABLE_A);
5402 mtus[i] = MTUVALUE_G(v);
5404 mtu_log[i] = MTUWIDTH_G(v);
5409 * t4_read_cong_tbl - reads the congestion control table
5410 * @adap: the adapter
5411 * @incr: where to store the alpha values
5413 * Reads the additive increments programmed into the HW congestion
5416 void t4_read_cong_tbl(struct adapter *adap, u16 incr[NMTUS][NCCTRL_WIN])
5418 unsigned int mtu, w;
5420 for (mtu = 0; mtu < NMTUS; ++mtu)
5421 for (w = 0; w < NCCTRL_WIN; ++w) {
5422 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_CCTRL_TABLE_A,
5423 ROWINDEX_V(0xffff) | (mtu << 5) | w);
5424 incr[mtu][w] = (u16)t4_read_reg(adap,
5425 TP_CCTRL_TABLE_A) & 0x1fff;
5430 * t4_tp_wr_bits_indirect - set/clear bits in an indirect TP register
5431 * @adap: the adapter
5432 * @addr: the indirect TP register address
5433 * @mask: specifies the field within the register to modify
5434 * @val: new value for the field
5436 * Sets a field of an indirect TP register to the given value.
5438 void t4_tp_wr_bits_indirect(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr,
5439 unsigned int mask, unsigned int val)
5441 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, addr);
5442 val |= t4_read_reg(adap, TP_PIO_DATA_A) & ~mask;
5443 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_PIO_DATA_A, val);
5447 * init_cong_ctrl - initialize congestion control parameters
5448 * @a: the alpha values for congestion control
5449 * @b: the beta values for congestion control
5451 * Initialize the congestion control parameters.
5453 static void init_cong_ctrl(unsigned short *a, unsigned short *b)
5455 a[0] = a[1] = a[2] = a[3] = a[4] = a[5] = a[6] = a[7] = a[8] = 1;
5480 b[0] = b[1] = b[2] = b[3] = b[4] = b[5] = b[6] = b[7] = b[8] = 0;
5483 b[13] = b[14] = b[15] = b[16] = 3;
5484 b[17] = b[18] = b[19] = b[20] = b[21] = 4;
5485 b[22] = b[23] = b[24] = b[25] = b[26] = b[27] = 5;
5490 /* The minimum additive increment value for the congestion control table */
5491 #define CC_MIN_INCR 2U
5494 * t4_load_mtus - write the MTU and congestion control HW tables
5495 * @adap: the adapter
5496 * @mtus: the values for the MTU table
5497 * @alpha: the values for the congestion control alpha parameter
5498 * @beta: the values for the congestion control beta parameter
5500 * Write the HW MTU table with the supplied MTUs and the high-speed
5501 * congestion control table with the supplied alpha, beta, and MTUs.
5502 * We write the two tables together because the additive increments
5503 * depend on the MTUs.
5505 void t4_load_mtus(struct adapter *adap, const unsigned short *mtus,
5506 const unsigned short *alpha, const unsigned short *beta)
5508 static const unsigned int avg_pkts[NCCTRL_WIN] = {
5509 2, 6, 10, 14, 20, 28, 40, 56, 80, 112, 160, 224, 320, 448, 640,
5510 896, 1281, 1792, 2560, 3584, 5120, 7168, 10240, 14336, 20480,
5511 28672, 40960, 57344, 81920, 114688, 163840, 229376
5516 for (i = 0; i < NMTUS; ++i) {
5517 unsigned int mtu = mtus[i];
5518 unsigned int log2 = fls(mtu);
5520 if (!(mtu & ((1 << log2) >> 2))) /* round */
5522 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_MTU_TABLE_A, MTUINDEX_V(i) |
5523 MTUWIDTH_V(log2) | MTUVALUE_V(mtu));
5525 for (w = 0; w < NCCTRL_WIN; ++w) {
5528 inc = max(((mtu - 40) * alpha[w]) / avg_pkts[w],
5531 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_CCTRL_TABLE_A, (i << 21) |
5532 (w << 16) | (beta[w] << 13) | inc);
5537 /* Calculates a rate in bytes/s given the number of 256-byte units per 4K core
5538 * clocks. The formula is
5540 * bytes/s = bytes256 * 256 * ClkFreq / 4096
5542 * which is equivalent to
5544 * bytes/s = 62.5 * bytes256 * ClkFreq_ms
5546 static u64 chan_rate(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int bytes256)
5548 u64 v = bytes256 * adap->params.vpd.cclk;
5550 return v * 62 + v / 2;
5554 * t4_get_chan_txrate - get the current per channel Tx rates
5555 * @adap: the adapter
5556 * @nic_rate: rates for NIC traffic
5557 * @ofld_rate: rates for offloaded traffic
5559 * Return the current Tx rates in bytes/s for NIC and offloaded traffic
5562 void t4_get_chan_txrate(struct adapter *adap, u64 *nic_rate, u64 *ofld_rate)
5566 v = t4_read_reg(adap, TP_TX_TRATE_A);
5567 nic_rate[0] = chan_rate(adap, TNLRATE0_G(v));
5568 nic_rate[1] = chan_rate(adap, TNLRATE1_G(v));
5569 if (adap->params.arch.nchan == NCHAN) {
5570 nic_rate[2] = chan_rate(adap, TNLRATE2_G(v));
5571 nic_rate[3] = chan_rate(adap, TNLRATE3_G(v));
5574 v = t4_read_reg(adap, TP_TX_ORATE_A);
5575 ofld_rate[0] = chan_rate(adap, OFDRATE0_G(v));
5576 ofld_rate[1] = chan_rate(adap, OFDRATE1_G(v));
5577 if (adap->params.arch.nchan == NCHAN) {
5578 ofld_rate[2] = chan_rate(adap, OFDRATE2_G(v));
5579 ofld_rate[3] = chan_rate(adap, OFDRATE3_G(v));
5584 * t4_set_trace_filter - configure one of the tracing filters
5585 * @adap: the adapter
5586 * @tp: the desired trace filter parameters
5587 * @idx: which filter to configure
5588 * @enable: whether to enable or disable the filter
5590 * Configures one of the tracing filters available in HW. If @enable is
5591 * %0 @tp is not examined and may be %NULL. The user is responsible to
5592 * set the single/multiple trace mode by writing to MPS_TRC_CFG_A register
5594 int t4_set_trace_filter(struct adapter *adap, const struct trace_params *tp,
5595 int idx, int enable)
5597 int i, ofst = idx * 4;
5598 u32 data_reg, mask_reg, cfg;
5599 u32 multitrc = TRCMULTIFILTER_F;
5602 t4_write_reg(adap, MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A_A + ofst, 0);
5606 cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, MPS_TRC_CFG_A);
5607 if (cfg & TRCMULTIFILTER_F) {
5608 /* If multiple tracers are enabled, then maximum
5609 * capture size is 2.5KB (FIFO size of a single channel)
5610 * minus 2 flits for CPL_TRACE_PKT header.
5612 if (tp->snap_len > ((10 * 1024 / 4) - (2 * 8)))
5615 /* If multiple tracers are disabled, to avoid deadlocks
5616 * maximum packet capture size of 9600 bytes is recommended.
5617 * Also in this mode, only trace0 can be enabled and running.
5620 if (tp->snap_len > 9600 || idx)
5624 if (tp->port > (is_t4(adap->params.chip) ? 11 : 19) || tp->invert > 1 ||
5625 tp->skip_len > TFLENGTH_M || tp->skip_ofst > TFOFFSET_M ||
5626 tp->min_len > TFMINPKTSIZE_M)
5629 /* stop the tracer we'll be changing */
5630 t4_write_reg(adap, MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A_A + ofst, 0);
5632 idx *= (MPS_TRC_FILTER1_MATCH_A - MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH_A);
5633 data_reg = MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH_A + idx;
5634 mask_reg = MPS_TRC_FILTER0_DONT_CARE_A + idx;
5636 for (i = 0; i < TRACE_LEN / 4; i++, data_reg += 4, mask_reg += 4) {
5637 t4_write_reg(adap, data_reg, tp->data[i]);
5638 t4_write_reg(adap, mask_reg, ~tp->mask[i]);
5640 t4_write_reg(adap, MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_B_A + ofst,
5641 TFCAPTUREMAX_V(tp->snap_len) |
5642 TFMINPKTSIZE_V(tp->min_len));
5643 t4_write_reg(adap, MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A_A + ofst,
5644 TFOFFSET_V(tp->skip_ofst) | TFLENGTH_V(tp->skip_len) |
5645 (is_t4(adap->params.chip) ?
5646 TFPORT_V(tp->port) | TFEN_F | TFINVERTMATCH_V(tp->invert) :
5647 T5_TFPORT_V(tp->port) | T5_TFEN_F |
5648 T5_TFINVERTMATCH_V(tp->invert)));
5654 * t4_get_trace_filter - query one of the tracing filters
5655 * @adap: the adapter
5656 * @tp: the current trace filter parameters
5657 * @idx: which trace filter to query
5658 * @enabled: non-zero if the filter is enabled
5660 * Returns the current settings of one of the HW tracing filters.
5662 void t4_get_trace_filter(struct adapter *adap, struct trace_params *tp, int idx,
5666 int i, ofst = idx * 4;
5667 u32 data_reg, mask_reg;
5669 ctla = t4_read_reg(adap, MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A_A + ofst);
5670 ctlb = t4_read_reg(adap, MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_B_A + ofst);
5672 if (is_t4(adap->params.chip)) {
5673 *enabled = !!(ctla & TFEN_F);
5674 tp->port = TFPORT_G(ctla);
5675 tp->invert = !!(ctla & TFINVERTMATCH_F);
5677 *enabled = !!(ctla & T5_TFEN_F);
5678 tp->port = T5_TFPORT_G(ctla);
5679 tp->invert = !!(ctla & T5_TFINVERTMATCH_F);
5681 tp->snap_len = TFCAPTUREMAX_G(ctlb);
5682 tp->min_len = TFMINPKTSIZE_G(ctlb);
5683 tp->skip_ofst = TFOFFSET_G(ctla);
5684 tp->skip_len = TFLENGTH_G(ctla);
5686 ofst = (MPS_TRC_FILTER1_MATCH_A - MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH_A) * idx;
5687 data_reg = MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH_A + ofst;
5688 mask_reg = MPS_TRC_FILTER0_DONT_CARE_A + ofst;
5690 for (i = 0; i < TRACE_LEN / 4; i++, data_reg += 4, mask_reg += 4) {
5691 tp->mask[i] = ~t4_read_reg(adap, mask_reg);
5692 tp->data[i] = t4_read_reg(adap, data_reg) & tp->mask[i];
5697 * t4_pmtx_get_stats - returns the HW stats from PMTX
5698 * @adap: the adapter
5699 * @cnt: where to store the count statistics
5700 * @cycles: where to store the cycle statistics
5702 * Returns performance statistics from PMTX.
5704 void t4_pmtx_get_stats(struct adapter *adap, u32 cnt[], u64 cycles[])
5709 for (i = 0; i < adap->params.arch.pm_stats_cnt; i++) {
5710 t4_write_reg(adap, PM_TX_STAT_CONFIG_A, i + 1);
5711 cnt[i] = t4_read_reg(adap, PM_TX_STAT_COUNT_A);
5712 if (is_t4(adap->params.chip)) {
5713 cycles[i] = t4_read_reg64(adap, PM_TX_STAT_LSB_A);
5715 t4_read_indirect(adap, PM_TX_DBG_CTRL_A,
5716 PM_TX_DBG_DATA_A, data, 2,
5717 PM_TX_DBG_STAT_MSB_A);
5718 cycles[i] = (((u64)data[0] << 32) | data[1]);
5724 * t4_pmrx_get_stats - returns the HW stats from PMRX
5725 * @adap: the adapter
5726 * @cnt: where to store the count statistics
5727 * @cycles: where to store the cycle statistics
5729 * Returns performance statistics from PMRX.
5731 void t4_pmrx_get_stats(struct adapter *adap, u32 cnt[], u64 cycles[])
5736 for (i = 0; i < adap->params.arch.pm_stats_cnt; i++) {
5737 t4_write_reg(adap, PM_RX_STAT_CONFIG_A, i + 1);
5738 cnt[i] = t4_read_reg(adap, PM_RX_STAT_COUNT_A);
5739 if (is_t4(adap->params.chip)) {
5740 cycles[i] = t4_read_reg64(adap, PM_RX_STAT_LSB_A);
5742 t4_read_indirect(adap, PM_RX_DBG_CTRL_A,
5743 PM_RX_DBG_DATA_A, data, 2,
5744 PM_RX_DBG_STAT_MSB_A);
5745 cycles[i] = (((u64)data[0] << 32) | data[1]);
5751 * compute_mps_bg_map - compute the MPS Buffer Group Map for a Port
5752 * @adap: the adapter
5753 * @pidx: the port index
5755 * Computes and returns a bitmap indicating which MPS buffer groups are
5756 * associated with the given Port. Bit i is set if buffer group i is
5759 static inline unsigned int compute_mps_bg_map(struct adapter *adapter,
5762 unsigned int chip_version, nports;
5764 chip_version = CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adapter->params.chip);
5765 nports = 1 << NUMPORTS_G(t4_read_reg(adapter, MPS_CMN_CTL_A));
5767 switch (chip_version) {
5772 case 2: return 3 << (2 * pidx);
5773 case 4: return 1 << pidx;
5779 case 2: return 1 << (2 * pidx);
5784 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev, "Need MPS Buffer Group Map for Chip %0x, Nports %d\n",
5785 chip_version, nports);
5791 * t4_get_mps_bg_map - return the buffer groups associated with a port
5792 * @adapter: the adapter
5793 * @pidx: the port index
5795 * Returns a bitmap indicating which MPS buffer groups are associated
5796 * with the given Port. Bit i is set if buffer group i is used by the
5799 unsigned int t4_get_mps_bg_map(struct adapter *adapter, int pidx)
5802 unsigned int nports;
5804 nports = 1 << NUMPORTS_G(t4_read_reg(adapter, MPS_CMN_CTL_A));
5805 if (pidx >= nports) {
5806 CH_WARN(adapter, "MPS Port Index %d >= Nports %d\n",
5811 /* If we've already retrieved/computed this, just return the result.
5813 mps_bg_map = adapter->params.mps_bg_map;
5814 if (mps_bg_map[pidx])
5815 return mps_bg_map[pidx];
5817 /* Newer Firmware can tell us what the MPS Buffer Group Map is.
5818 * If we're talking to such Firmware, let it tell us. If the new
5819 * API isn't supported, revert back to old hardcoded way. The value
5820 * obtained from Firmware is encoded in below format:
5822 * val = (( MPSBGMAP[Port 3] << 24 ) |
5823 * ( MPSBGMAP[Port 2] << 16 ) |
5824 * ( MPSBGMAP[Port 1] << 8 ) |
5825 * ( MPSBGMAP[Port 0] << 0 ))
5827 if (adapter->flags & FW_OK) {
5831 param = (FW_PARAMS_MNEM_V(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_DEV) |
5832 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_X_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_DEV_MPSBGMAP));
5833 ret = t4_query_params_ns(adapter, adapter->mbox, adapter->pf,
5834 0, 1, ¶m, &val);
5838 /* Store the BG Map for all of the Ports in order to
5839 * avoid more calls to the Firmware in the future.
5841 for (p = 0; p < MAX_NPORTS; p++, val >>= 8)
5842 mps_bg_map[p] = val & 0xff;
5844 return mps_bg_map[pidx];
5848 /* Either we're not talking to the Firmware or we're dealing with
5849 * older Firmware which doesn't support the new API to get the MPS
5850 * Buffer Group Map. Fall back to computing it ourselves.
5852 mps_bg_map[pidx] = compute_mps_bg_map(adapter, pidx);
5853 return mps_bg_map[pidx];
5857 * t4_get_tp_ch_map - return TP ingress channels associated with a port
5858 * @adapter: the adapter
5859 * @pidx: the port index
5861 * Returns a bitmap indicating which TP Ingress Channels are associated
5862 * with a given Port. Bit i is set if TP Ingress Channel i is used by
5865 unsigned int t4_get_tp_ch_map(struct adapter *adap, int pidx)
5867 unsigned int chip_version = CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip);
5868 unsigned int nports = 1 << NUMPORTS_G(t4_read_reg(adap, MPS_CMN_CTL_A));
5870 if (pidx >= nports) {
5871 dev_warn(adap->pdev_dev, "TP Port Index %d >= Nports %d\n",
5876 switch (chip_version) {
5879 /* Note that this happens to be the same values as the MPS
5880 * Buffer Group Map for these Chips. But we replicate the code
5881 * here because they're really separate concepts.
5885 case 2: return 3 << (2 * pidx);
5886 case 4: return 1 << pidx;
5892 case 2: return 1 << pidx;
5897 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "Need TP Channel Map for Chip %0x, Nports %d\n",
5898 chip_version, nports);
5903 * t4_get_port_type_description - return Port Type string description
5904 * @port_type: firmware Port Type enumeration
5906 const char *t4_get_port_type_description(enum fw_port_type port_type)
5908 static const char *const port_type_description[] = {
5933 if (port_type < ARRAY_SIZE(port_type_description))
5934 return port_type_description[port_type];
5939 * t4_get_port_stats_offset - collect port stats relative to a previous
5941 * @adap: The adapter
5943 * @stats: Current stats to fill
5944 * @offset: Previous stats snapshot
5946 void t4_get_port_stats_offset(struct adapter *adap, int idx,
5947 struct port_stats *stats,
5948 struct port_stats *offset)
5953 t4_get_port_stats(adap, idx, stats);
5954 for (i = 0, s = (u64 *)stats, o = (u64 *)offset;
5955 i < (sizeof(struct port_stats) / sizeof(u64));
5961 * t4_get_port_stats - collect port statistics
5962 * @adap: the adapter
5963 * @idx: the port index
5964 * @p: the stats structure to fill
5966 * Collect statistics related to the given port from HW.
5968 void t4_get_port_stats(struct adapter *adap, int idx, struct port_stats *p)
5970 u32 bgmap = t4_get_mps_bg_map(adap, idx);
5971 u32 stat_ctl = t4_read_reg(adap, MPS_STAT_CTL_A);
5973 #define GET_STAT(name) \
5974 t4_read_reg64(adap, \
5975 (is_t4(adap->params.chip) ? PORT_REG(idx, MPS_PORT_STAT_##name##_L) : \
5976 T5_PORT_REG(idx, MPS_PORT_STAT_##name##_L)))
5977 #define GET_STAT_COM(name) t4_read_reg64(adap, MPS_STAT_##name##_L)
5979 p->tx_octets = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_BYTES);
5980 p->tx_frames = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_FRAMES);
5981 p->tx_bcast_frames = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_BCAST);
5982 p->tx_mcast_frames = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_MCAST);
5983 p->tx_ucast_frames = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_UCAST);
5984 p->tx_error_frames = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_ERROR);
5985 p->tx_frames_64 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_64B);
5986 p->tx_frames_65_127 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_65B_127B);
5987 p->tx_frames_128_255 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_128B_255B);
5988 p->tx_frames_256_511 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_256B_511B);
5989 p->tx_frames_512_1023 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_512B_1023B);
5990 p->tx_frames_1024_1518 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_1024B_1518B);
5991 p->tx_frames_1519_max = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_1519B_MAX);
5992 p->tx_drop = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_DROP);
5993 p->tx_pause = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PAUSE);
5994 p->tx_ppp0 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP0);
5995 p->tx_ppp1 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP1);
5996 p->tx_ppp2 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP2);
5997 p->tx_ppp3 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP3);
5998 p->tx_ppp4 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP4);
5999 p->tx_ppp5 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP5);
6000 p->tx_ppp6 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP6);
6001 p->tx_ppp7 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP7);
6003 if (CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip) >= CHELSIO_T5) {
6004 if (stat_ctl & COUNTPAUSESTATTX_F)
6005 p->tx_frames_64 -= p->tx_pause;
6006 if (stat_ctl & COUNTPAUSEMCTX_F)
6007 p->tx_mcast_frames -= p->tx_pause;
6009 p->rx_octets = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_BYTES);
6010 p->rx_frames = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_FRAMES);
6011 p->rx_bcast_frames = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_BCAST);
6012 p->rx_mcast_frames = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_MCAST);
6013 p->rx_ucast_frames = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_UCAST);
6014 p->rx_too_long = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_MTU_ERROR);
6015 p->rx_jabber = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_MTU_CRC_ERROR);
6016 p->rx_fcs_err = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_CRC_ERROR);
6017 p->rx_len_err = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_LEN_ERROR);
6018 p->rx_symbol_err = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_SYM_ERROR);
6019 p->rx_runt = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_LESS_64B);
6020 p->rx_frames_64 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_64B);
6021 p->rx_frames_65_127 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_65B_127B);
6022 p->rx_frames_128_255 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_128B_255B);
6023 p->rx_frames_256_511 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_256B_511B);
6024 p->rx_frames_512_1023 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_512B_1023B);
6025 p->rx_frames_1024_1518 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_1024B_1518B);
6026 p->rx_frames_1519_max = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_1519B_MAX);
6027 p->rx_pause = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PAUSE);
6028 p->rx_ppp0 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP0);
6029 p->rx_ppp1 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP1);
6030 p->rx_ppp2 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP2);
6031 p->rx_ppp3 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP3);
6032 p->rx_ppp4 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP4);
6033 p->rx_ppp5 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP5);
6034 p->rx_ppp6 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP6);
6035 p->rx_ppp7 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP7);
6037 if (CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip) >= CHELSIO_T5) {
6038 if (stat_ctl & COUNTPAUSESTATRX_F)
6039 p->rx_frames_64 -= p->rx_pause;
6040 if (stat_ctl & COUNTPAUSEMCRX_F)
6041 p->rx_mcast_frames -= p->rx_pause;
6044 p->rx_ovflow0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
6045 p->rx_ovflow1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
6046 p->rx_ovflow2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
6047 p->rx_ovflow3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
6048 p->rx_trunc0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
6049 p->rx_trunc1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
6050 p->rx_trunc2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
6051 p->rx_trunc3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
6058 * t4_get_lb_stats - collect loopback port statistics
6059 * @adap: the adapter
6060 * @idx: the loopback port index
6061 * @p: the stats structure to fill
6063 * Return HW statistics for the given loopback port.
6065 void t4_get_lb_stats(struct adapter *adap, int idx, struct lb_port_stats *p)
6067 u32 bgmap = t4_get_mps_bg_map(adap, idx);
6069 #define GET_STAT(name) \
6070 t4_read_reg64(adap, \
6071 (is_t4(adap->params.chip) ? \
6072 PORT_REG(idx, MPS_PORT_STAT_LB_PORT_##name##_L) : \
6073 T5_PORT_REG(idx, MPS_PORT_STAT_LB_PORT_##name##_L)))
6074 #define GET_STAT_COM(name) t4_read_reg64(adap, MPS_STAT_##name##_L)
6076 p->octets = GET_STAT(BYTES);
6077 p->frames = GET_STAT(FRAMES);
6078 p->bcast_frames = GET_STAT(BCAST);
6079 p->mcast_frames = GET_STAT(MCAST);
6080 p->ucast_frames = GET_STAT(UCAST);
6081 p->error_frames = GET_STAT(ERROR);
6083 p->frames_64 = GET_STAT(64B);
6084 p->frames_65_127 = GET_STAT(65B_127B);
6085 p->frames_128_255 = GET_STAT(128B_255B);
6086 p->frames_256_511 = GET_STAT(256B_511B);
6087 p->frames_512_1023 = GET_STAT(512B_1023B);
6088 p->frames_1024_1518 = GET_STAT(1024B_1518B);
6089 p->frames_1519_max = GET_STAT(1519B_MAX);
6090 p->drop = GET_STAT(DROP_FRAMES);
6092 p->ovflow0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
6093 p->ovflow1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
6094 p->ovflow2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
6095 p->ovflow3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
6096 p->trunc0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
6097 p->trunc1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
6098 p->trunc2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
6099 p->trunc3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
6105 /* t4_mk_filtdelwr - create a delete filter WR
6106 * @ftid: the filter ID
6107 * @wr: the filter work request to populate
6108 * @qid: ingress queue to receive the delete notification
6110 * Creates a filter work request to delete the supplied filter. If @qid is
6111 * negative the delete notification is suppressed.
6113 void t4_mk_filtdelwr(unsigned int ftid, struct fw_filter_wr *wr, int qid)
6115 memset(wr, 0, sizeof(*wr));
6116 wr->op_pkd = cpu_to_be32(FW_WR_OP_V(FW_FILTER_WR));
6117 wr->len16_pkd = cpu_to_be32(FW_WR_LEN16_V(sizeof(*wr) / 16));
6118 wr->tid_to_iq = cpu_to_be32(FW_FILTER_WR_TID_V(ftid) |
6119 FW_FILTER_WR_NOREPLY_V(qid < 0));
6120 wr->del_filter_to_l2tix = cpu_to_be32(FW_FILTER_WR_DEL_FILTER_F);
6122 wr->rx_chan_rx_rpl_iq =
6123 cpu_to_be16(FW_FILTER_WR_RX_RPL_IQ_V(qid));
6126 #define INIT_CMD(var, cmd, rd_wr) do { \
6127 (var).op_to_write = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_##cmd##_CMD) | \
6128 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | \
6129 FW_CMD_##rd_wr##_F); \
6130 (var).retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(var)); \
6133 int t4_fwaddrspace_write(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
6137 struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
6139 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
6140 ldst_addrspace = FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE_V(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_FIRMWARE);
6141 c.op_to_addrspace = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_LDST_CMD) |
6145 c.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
6146 c.u.addrval.addr = cpu_to_be32(addr);
6147 c.u.addrval.val = cpu_to_be32(val);
6149 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
6153 * t4_mdio_rd - read a PHY register through MDIO
6154 * @adap: the adapter
6155 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
6156 * @phy_addr: the PHY address
6157 * @mmd: the PHY MMD to access (0 for clause 22 PHYs)
6158 * @reg: the register to read
6159 * @valp: where to store the value
6161 * Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to read a PHY register.
6163 int t4_mdio_rd(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int phy_addr,
6164 unsigned int mmd, unsigned int reg, u16 *valp)
6168 struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
6170 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
6171 ldst_addrspace = FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE_V(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_MDIO);
6172 c.op_to_addrspace = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_LDST_CMD) |
6173 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_READ_F |
6175 c.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
6176 c.u.mdio.paddr_mmd = cpu_to_be16(FW_LDST_CMD_PADDR_V(phy_addr) |
6177 FW_LDST_CMD_MMD_V(mmd));
6178 c.u.mdio.raddr = cpu_to_be16(reg);
6180 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
6182 *valp = be16_to_cpu(c.u.mdio.rval);
6187 * t4_mdio_wr - write a PHY register through MDIO
6188 * @adap: the adapter
6189 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
6190 * @phy_addr: the PHY address
6191 * @mmd: the PHY MMD to access (0 for clause 22 PHYs)
6192 * @reg: the register to write
6193 * @valp: value to write
6195 * Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to write a PHY register.
6197 int t4_mdio_wr(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int phy_addr,
6198 unsigned int mmd, unsigned int reg, u16 val)
6201 struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
6203 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
6204 ldst_addrspace = FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE_V(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_MDIO);
6205 c.op_to_addrspace = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_LDST_CMD) |
6206 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_WRITE_F |
6208 c.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
6209 c.u.mdio.paddr_mmd = cpu_to_be16(FW_LDST_CMD_PADDR_V(phy_addr) |
6210 FW_LDST_CMD_MMD_V(mmd));
6211 c.u.mdio.raddr = cpu_to_be16(reg);
6212 c.u.mdio.rval = cpu_to_be16(val);
6214 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
6218 * t4_sge_decode_idma_state - decode the idma state
6219 * @adap: the adapter
6220 * @state: the state idma is stuck in
6222 void t4_sge_decode_idma_state(struct adapter *adapter, int state)
6224 static const char * const t4_decode[] = {
6226 "IDMA_PUSH_MORE_CPL_FIFO",
6227 "IDMA_PUSH_CPL_MSG_HEADER_TO_FIFO",
6229 "IDMA_PHYSADDR_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6230 "IDMA_PHYSADDR_SEND_PAYLOAD_FIRST",
6231 "IDMA_PHYSADDR_SEND_PAYLOAD",
6232 "IDMA_SEND_FIFO_TO_IMSG",
6233 "IDMA_FL_REQ_DATA_FL_PREP",
6234 "IDMA_FL_REQ_DATA_FL",
6236 "IDMA_FL_H_REQ_HEADER_FL",
6237 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6238 "IDMA_FL_H_PUSH_CPL_FIFO",
6239 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_CPL",
6240 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_IP_HDR_FIRST",
6241 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_IP_HDR",
6242 "IDMA_FL_H_REQ_NEXT_HEADER_FL",
6243 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_NEXT_PCIEHDR",
6244 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_IP_HDR_PADDING",
6245 "IDMA_FL_D_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6246 "IDMA_FL_D_SEND_CPL_AND_IP_HDR",
6247 "IDMA_FL_D_REQ_NEXT_DATA_FL",
6248 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6249 "IDMA_FL_PUSH_CPL_FIFO",
6251 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PAYLOAD_FIRST",
6252 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PAYLOAD",
6253 "IDMA_FL_REQ_NEXT_DATA_FL",
6254 "IDMA_FL_SEND_NEXT_PCIEHDR",
6255 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PADDING",
6256 "IDMA_FL_SEND_COMPLETION_TO_IMSG",
6257 "IDMA_FL_SEND_FIFO_TO_IMSG",
6258 "IDMA_FL_REQ_DATAFL_DONE",
6259 "IDMA_FL_REQ_HEADERFL_DONE",
6261 static const char * const t5_decode[] = {
6264 "IDMA_PUSH_MORE_CPL_FIFO",
6265 "IDMA_PUSH_CPL_MSG_HEADER_TO_FIFO",
6266 "IDMA_SGEFLRFLUSH_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6267 "IDMA_PHYSADDR_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6268 "IDMA_PHYSADDR_SEND_PAYLOAD_FIRST",
6269 "IDMA_PHYSADDR_SEND_PAYLOAD",
6270 "IDMA_SEND_FIFO_TO_IMSG",
6271 "IDMA_FL_REQ_DATA_FL",
6273 "IDMA_FL_DROP_SEND_INC",
6274 "IDMA_FL_H_REQ_HEADER_FL",
6275 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6276 "IDMA_FL_H_PUSH_CPL_FIFO",
6277 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_CPL",
6278 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_IP_HDR_FIRST",
6279 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_IP_HDR",
6280 "IDMA_FL_H_REQ_NEXT_HEADER_FL",
6281 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_NEXT_PCIEHDR",
6282 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_IP_HDR_PADDING",
6283 "IDMA_FL_D_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6284 "IDMA_FL_D_SEND_CPL_AND_IP_HDR",
6285 "IDMA_FL_D_REQ_NEXT_DATA_FL",
6286 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6287 "IDMA_FL_PUSH_CPL_FIFO",
6289 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PAYLOAD_FIRST",
6290 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PAYLOAD",
6291 "IDMA_FL_REQ_NEXT_DATA_FL",
6292 "IDMA_FL_SEND_NEXT_PCIEHDR",
6293 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PADDING",
6294 "IDMA_FL_SEND_COMPLETION_TO_IMSG",
6296 static const char * const t6_decode[] = {
6298 "IDMA_PUSH_MORE_CPL_FIFO",
6299 "IDMA_PUSH_CPL_MSG_HEADER_TO_FIFO",
6300 "IDMA_SGEFLRFLUSH_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6301 "IDMA_PHYSADDR_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6302 "IDMA_PHYSADDR_SEND_PAYLOAD_FIRST",
6303 "IDMA_PHYSADDR_SEND_PAYLOAD",
6304 "IDMA_FL_REQ_DATA_FL",
6306 "IDMA_FL_DROP_SEND_INC",
6307 "IDMA_FL_H_REQ_HEADER_FL",
6308 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6309 "IDMA_FL_H_PUSH_CPL_FIFO",
6310 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_CPL",
6311 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_IP_HDR_FIRST",
6312 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_IP_HDR",
6313 "IDMA_FL_H_REQ_NEXT_HEADER_FL",
6314 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_NEXT_PCIEHDR",
6315 "IDMA_FL_H_SEND_IP_HDR_PADDING",
6316 "IDMA_FL_D_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6317 "IDMA_FL_D_SEND_CPL_AND_IP_HDR",
6318 "IDMA_FL_D_REQ_NEXT_DATA_FL",
6319 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PCIEHDR",
6320 "IDMA_FL_PUSH_CPL_FIFO",
6322 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PAYLOAD_FIRST",
6323 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PAYLOAD",
6324 "IDMA_FL_REQ_NEXT_DATA_FL",
6325 "IDMA_FL_SEND_NEXT_PCIEHDR",
6326 "IDMA_FL_SEND_PADDING",
6327 "IDMA_FL_SEND_COMPLETION_TO_IMSG",
6329 static const u32 sge_regs[] = {
6330 SGE_DEBUG_DATA_LOW_INDEX_2_A,
6331 SGE_DEBUG_DATA_LOW_INDEX_3_A,
6332 SGE_DEBUG_DATA_HIGH_INDEX_10_A,
6334 const char **sge_idma_decode;
6335 int sge_idma_decode_nstates;
6337 unsigned int chip_version = CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adapter->params.chip);
6339 /* Select the right set of decode strings to dump depending on the
6340 * adapter chip type.
6342 switch (chip_version) {
6344 sge_idma_decode = (const char **)t4_decode;
6345 sge_idma_decode_nstates = ARRAY_SIZE(t4_decode);
6349 sge_idma_decode = (const char **)t5_decode;
6350 sge_idma_decode_nstates = ARRAY_SIZE(t5_decode);
6354 sge_idma_decode = (const char **)t6_decode;
6355 sge_idma_decode_nstates = ARRAY_SIZE(t6_decode);
6359 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev,
6360 "Unsupported chip version %d\n", chip_version);
6364 if (is_t4(adapter->params.chip)) {
6365 sge_idma_decode = (const char **)t4_decode;
6366 sge_idma_decode_nstates = ARRAY_SIZE(t4_decode);
6368 sge_idma_decode = (const char **)t5_decode;
6369 sge_idma_decode_nstates = ARRAY_SIZE(t5_decode);
6372 if (state < sge_idma_decode_nstates)
6373 CH_WARN(adapter, "idma state %s\n", sge_idma_decode[state]);
6375 CH_WARN(adapter, "idma state %d unknown\n", state);
6377 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(sge_regs); i++)
6378 CH_WARN(adapter, "SGE register %#x value %#x\n",
6379 sge_regs[i], t4_read_reg(adapter, sge_regs[i]));
6383 * t4_sge_ctxt_flush - flush the SGE context cache
6384 * @adap: the adapter
6385 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
6387 * Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to flush the
6388 * SGE context cache.
6390 int t4_sge_ctxt_flush(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
6394 struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
6396 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
6397 ldst_addrspace = FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE_V(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_EGRC);
6398 c.op_to_addrspace = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_LDST_CMD) |
6399 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_READ_F |
6401 c.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
6402 c.u.idctxt.msg_ctxtflush = cpu_to_be32(FW_LDST_CMD_CTXTFLUSH_F);
6404 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
6409 * t4_fw_hello - establish communication with FW
6410 * @adap: the adapter
6411 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
6412 * @evt_mbox: mailbox to receive async FW events
6413 * @master: specifies the caller's willingness to be the device master
6414 * @state: returns the current device state (if non-NULL)
6416 * Issues a command to establish communication with FW. Returns either
6417 * an error (negative integer) or the mailbox of the Master PF.
6419 int t4_fw_hello(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int evt_mbox,
6420 enum dev_master master, enum dev_state *state)
6423 struct fw_hello_cmd c;
6425 unsigned int master_mbox;
6426 int retries = FW_CMD_HELLO_RETRIES;
6429 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
6430 INIT_CMD(c, HELLO, WRITE);
6431 c.err_to_clearinit = cpu_to_be32(
6432 FW_HELLO_CMD_MASTERDIS_V(master == MASTER_CANT) |
6433 FW_HELLO_CMD_MASTERFORCE_V(master == MASTER_MUST) |
6434 FW_HELLO_CMD_MBMASTER_V(master == MASTER_MUST ?
6435 mbox : FW_HELLO_CMD_MBMASTER_M) |
6436 FW_HELLO_CMD_MBASYNCNOT_V(evt_mbox) |
6437 FW_HELLO_CMD_STAGE_V(fw_hello_cmd_stage_os) |
6438 FW_HELLO_CMD_CLEARINIT_F);
6441 * Issue the HELLO command to the firmware. If it's not successful
6442 * but indicates that we got a "busy" or "timeout" condition, retry
6443 * the HELLO until we exhaust our retry limit. If we do exceed our
6444 * retry limit, check to see if the firmware left us any error
6445 * information and report that if so.
6447 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
6449 if ((ret == -EBUSY || ret == -ETIMEDOUT) && retries-- > 0)
6451 if (t4_read_reg(adap, PCIE_FW_A) & PCIE_FW_ERR_F)
6452 t4_report_fw_error(adap);
6456 v = be32_to_cpu(c.err_to_clearinit);
6457 master_mbox = FW_HELLO_CMD_MBMASTER_G(v);
6459 if (v & FW_HELLO_CMD_ERR_F)
6460 *state = DEV_STATE_ERR;
6461 else if (v & FW_HELLO_CMD_INIT_F)
6462 *state = DEV_STATE_INIT;
6464 *state = DEV_STATE_UNINIT;
6468 * If we're not the Master PF then we need to wait around for the
6469 * Master PF Driver to finish setting up the adapter.
6471 * Note that we also do this wait if we're a non-Master-capable PF and
6472 * there is no current Master PF; a Master PF may show up momentarily
6473 * and we wouldn't want to fail pointlessly. (This can happen when an
6474 * OS loads lots of different drivers rapidly at the same time). In
6475 * this case, the Master PF returned by the firmware will be
6476 * PCIE_FW_MASTER_M so the test below will work ...
6478 if ((v & (FW_HELLO_CMD_ERR_F|FW_HELLO_CMD_INIT_F)) == 0 &&
6479 master_mbox != mbox) {
6480 int waiting = FW_CMD_HELLO_TIMEOUT;
6483 * Wait for the firmware to either indicate an error or
6484 * initialized state. If we see either of these we bail out
6485 * and report the issue to the caller. If we exhaust the
6486 * "hello timeout" and we haven't exhausted our retries, try
6487 * again. Otherwise bail with a timeout error.
6496 * If neither Error nor Initialialized are indicated
6497 * by the firmware keep waiting till we exaust our
6498 * timeout ... and then retry if we haven't exhausted
6501 pcie_fw = t4_read_reg(adap, PCIE_FW_A);
6502 if (!(pcie_fw & (PCIE_FW_ERR_F|PCIE_FW_INIT_F))) {
6513 * We either have an Error or Initialized condition
6514 * report errors preferentially.
6517 if (pcie_fw & PCIE_FW_ERR_F)
6518 *state = DEV_STATE_ERR;
6519 else if (pcie_fw & PCIE_FW_INIT_F)
6520 *state = DEV_STATE_INIT;
6524 * If we arrived before a Master PF was selected and
6525 * there's not a valid Master PF, grab its identity
6528 if (master_mbox == PCIE_FW_MASTER_M &&
6529 (pcie_fw & PCIE_FW_MASTER_VLD_F))
6530 master_mbox = PCIE_FW_MASTER_G(pcie_fw);
6539 * t4_fw_bye - end communication with FW
6540 * @adap: the adapter
6541 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
6543 * Issues a command to terminate communication with FW.
6545 int t4_fw_bye(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
6547 struct fw_bye_cmd c;
6549 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
6550 INIT_CMD(c, BYE, WRITE);
6551 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
6555 * t4_init_cmd - ask FW to initialize the device
6556 * @adap: the adapter
6557 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
6559 * Issues a command to FW to partially initialize the device. This
6560 * performs initialization that generally doesn't depend on user input.
6562 int t4_early_init(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
6564 struct fw_initialize_cmd c;
6566 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
6567 INIT_CMD(c, INITIALIZE, WRITE);
6568 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
6572 * t4_fw_reset - issue a reset to FW
6573 * @adap: the adapter
6574 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
6575 * @reset: specifies the type of reset to perform
6577 * Issues a reset command of the specified type to FW.
6579 int t4_fw_reset(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, int reset)
6581 struct fw_reset_cmd c;
6583 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
6584 INIT_CMD(c, RESET, WRITE);
6585 c.val = cpu_to_be32(reset);
6586 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
6590 * t4_fw_halt - issue a reset/halt to FW and put uP into RESET
6591 * @adap: the adapter
6592 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW RESET command (if desired)
6593 * @force: force uP into RESET even if FW RESET command fails
6595 * Issues a RESET command to firmware (if desired) with a HALT indication
6596 * and then puts the microprocessor into RESET state. The RESET command
6597 * will only be issued if a legitimate mailbox is provided (mbox <=
6598 * PCIE_FW_MASTER_M).
6600 * This is generally used in order for the host to safely manipulate the
6601 * adapter without fear of conflicting with whatever the firmware might
6602 * be doing. The only way out of this state is to RESTART the firmware
6605 static int t4_fw_halt(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, int force)
6610 * If a legitimate mailbox is provided, issue a RESET command
6611 * with a HALT indication.
6613 if (mbox <= PCIE_FW_MASTER_M) {
6614 struct fw_reset_cmd c;
6616 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
6617 INIT_CMD(c, RESET, WRITE);
6618 c.val = cpu_to_be32(PIORST_F | PIORSTMODE_F);
6619 c.halt_pkd = cpu_to_be32(FW_RESET_CMD_HALT_F);
6620 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
6624 * Normally we won't complete the operation if the firmware RESET
6625 * command fails but if our caller insists we'll go ahead and put the
6626 * uP into RESET. This can be useful if the firmware is hung or even
6627 * missing ... We'll have to take the risk of putting the uP into
6628 * RESET without the cooperation of firmware in that case.
6630 * We also force the firmware's HALT flag to be on in case we bypassed
6631 * the firmware RESET command above or we're dealing with old firmware
6632 * which doesn't have the HALT capability. This will serve as a flag
6633 * for the incoming firmware to know that it's coming out of a HALT
6634 * rather than a RESET ... if it's new enough to understand that ...
6636 if (ret == 0 || force) {
6637 t4_set_reg_field(adap, CIM_BOOT_CFG_A, UPCRST_F, UPCRST_F);
6638 t4_set_reg_field(adap, PCIE_FW_A, PCIE_FW_HALT_F,
6643 * And we always return the result of the firmware RESET command
6644 * even when we force the uP into RESET ...
6650 * t4_fw_restart - restart the firmware by taking the uP out of RESET
6651 * @adap: the adapter
6652 * @reset: if we want to do a RESET to restart things
6654 * Restart firmware previously halted by t4_fw_halt(). On successful
6655 * return the previous PF Master remains as the new PF Master and there
6656 * is no need to issue a new HELLO command, etc.
6658 * We do this in two ways:
6660 * 1. If we're dealing with newer firmware we'll simply want to take
6661 * the chip's microprocessor out of RESET. This will cause the
6662 * firmware to start up from its start vector. And then we'll loop
6663 * until the firmware indicates it's started again (PCIE_FW.HALT
6664 * reset to 0) or we timeout.
6666 * 2. If we're dealing with older firmware then we'll need to RESET
6667 * the chip since older firmware won't recognize the PCIE_FW.HALT
6668 * flag and automatically RESET itself on startup.
6670 static int t4_fw_restart(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, int reset)
6674 * Since we're directing the RESET instead of the firmware
6675 * doing it automatically, we need to clear the PCIE_FW.HALT
6678 t4_set_reg_field(adap, PCIE_FW_A, PCIE_FW_HALT_F, 0);
6681 * If we've been given a valid mailbox, first try to get the
6682 * firmware to do the RESET. If that works, great and we can
6683 * return success. Otherwise, if we haven't been given a
6684 * valid mailbox or the RESET command failed, fall back to
6685 * hitting the chip with a hammer.
6687 if (mbox <= PCIE_FW_MASTER_M) {
6688 t4_set_reg_field(adap, CIM_BOOT_CFG_A, UPCRST_F, 0);
6690 if (t4_fw_reset(adap, mbox,
6691 PIORST_F | PIORSTMODE_F) == 0)
6695 t4_write_reg(adap, PL_RST_A, PIORST_F | PIORSTMODE_F);
6700 t4_set_reg_field(adap, CIM_BOOT_CFG_A, UPCRST_F, 0);
6701 for (ms = 0; ms < FW_CMD_MAX_TIMEOUT; ) {
6702 if (!(t4_read_reg(adap, PCIE_FW_A) & PCIE_FW_HALT_F))
6713 * t4_fw_upgrade - perform all of the steps necessary to upgrade FW
6714 * @adap: the adapter
6715 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW RESET command (if desired)
6716 * @fw_data: the firmware image to write
6718 * @force: force upgrade even if firmware doesn't cooperate
6720 * Perform all of the steps necessary for upgrading an adapter's
6721 * firmware image. Normally this requires the cooperation of the
6722 * existing firmware in order to halt all existing activities
6723 * but if an invalid mailbox token is passed in we skip that step
6724 * (though we'll still put the adapter microprocessor into RESET in
6727 * On successful return the new firmware will have been loaded and
6728 * the adapter will have been fully RESET losing all previous setup
6729 * state. On unsuccessful return the adapter may be completely hosed ...
6730 * positive errno indicates that the adapter is ~probably~ intact, a
6731 * negative errno indicates that things are looking bad ...
6733 int t4_fw_upgrade(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
6734 const u8 *fw_data, unsigned int size, int force)
6736 const struct fw_hdr *fw_hdr = (const struct fw_hdr *)fw_data;
6739 if (!t4_fw_matches_chip(adap, fw_hdr))
6742 /* Disable FW_OK flag so that mbox commands with FW_OK flag set
6743 * wont be sent when we are flashing FW.
6745 adap->flags &= ~FW_OK;
6747 ret = t4_fw_halt(adap, mbox, force);
6748 if (ret < 0 && !force)
6751 ret = t4_load_fw(adap, fw_data, size);
6756 * If there was a Firmware Configuration File stored in FLASH,
6757 * there's a good chance that it won't be compatible with the new
6758 * Firmware. In order to prevent difficult to diagnose adapter
6759 * initialization issues, we clear out the Firmware Configuration File
6760 * portion of the FLASH . The user will need to re-FLASH a new
6761 * Firmware Configuration File which is compatible with the new
6762 * Firmware if that's desired.
6764 (void)t4_load_cfg(adap, NULL, 0);
6767 * Older versions of the firmware don't understand the new
6768 * PCIE_FW.HALT flag and so won't know to perform a RESET when they
6769 * restart. So for newly loaded older firmware we'll have to do the
6770 * RESET for it so it starts up on a clean slate. We can tell if
6771 * the newly loaded firmware will handle this right by checking
6772 * its header flags to see if it advertises the capability.
6774 reset = ((be32_to_cpu(fw_hdr->flags) & FW_HDR_FLAGS_RESET_HALT) == 0);
6775 ret = t4_fw_restart(adap, mbox, reset);
6777 /* Grab potentially new Firmware Device Log parameters so we can see
6778 * how healthy the new Firmware is. It's okay to contact the new
6779 * Firmware for these parameters even though, as far as it's
6780 * concerned, we've never said "HELLO" to it ...
6782 (void)t4_init_devlog_params(adap);
6784 adap->flags |= FW_OK;
6789 * t4_fl_pkt_align - return the fl packet alignment
6790 * @adap: the adapter
6792 * T4 has a single field to specify the packing and padding boundary.
6793 * T5 onwards has separate fields for this and hence the alignment for
6794 * next packet offset is maximum of these two.
6797 int t4_fl_pkt_align(struct adapter *adap)
6799 u32 sge_control, sge_control2;
6800 unsigned int ingpadboundary, ingpackboundary, fl_align, ingpad_shift;
6802 sge_control = t4_read_reg(adap, SGE_CONTROL_A);
6804 /* T4 uses a single control field to specify both the PCIe Padding and
6805 * Packing Boundary. T5 introduced the ability to specify these
6806 * separately. The actual Ingress Packet Data alignment boundary
6807 * within Packed Buffer Mode is the maximum of these two
6808 * specifications. (Note that it makes no real practical sense to
6809 * have the Pading Boudary be larger than the Packing Boundary but you
6810 * could set the chip up that way and, in fact, legacy T4 code would
6811 * end doing this because it would initialize the Padding Boundary and
6812 * leave the Packing Boundary initialized to 0 (16 bytes).)
6813 * Padding Boundary values in T6 starts from 8B,
6814 * where as it is 32B for T4 and T5.
6816 if (CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip) <= CHELSIO_T5)
6817 ingpad_shift = INGPADBOUNDARY_SHIFT_X;
6819 ingpad_shift = T6_INGPADBOUNDARY_SHIFT_X;
6821 ingpadboundary = 1 << (INGPADBOUNDARY_G(sge_control) + ingpad_shift);
6823 fl_align = ingpadboundary;
6824 if (!is_t4(adap->params.chip)) {
6825 /* T5 has a weird interpretation of one of the PCIe Packing
6826 * Boundary values. No idea why ...
6828 sge_control2 = t4_read_reg(adap, SGE_CONTROL2_A);
6829 ingpackboundary = INGPACKBOUNDARY_G(sge_control2);
6830 if (ingpackboundary == INGPACKBOUNDARY_16B_X)
6831 ingpackboundary = 16;
6833 ingpackboundary = 1 << (ingpackboundary +
6834 INGPACKBOUNDARY_SHIFT_X);
6836 fl_align = max(ingpadboundary, ingpackboundary);
6842 * t4_fixup_host_params - fix up host-dependent parameters
6843 * @adap: the adapter
6844 * @page_size: the host's Base Page Size
6845 * @cache_line_size: the host's Cache Line Size
6847 * Various registers in T4 contain values which are dependent on the
6848 * host's Base Page and Cache Line Sizes. This function will fix all of
6849 * those registers with the appropriate values as passed in ...
6851 int t4_fixup_host_params(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int page_size,
6852 unsigned int cache_line_size)
6854 unsigned int page_shift = fls(page_size) - 1;
6855 unsigned int sge_hps = page_shift - 10;
6856 unsigned int stat_len = cache_line_size > 64 ? 128 : 64;
6857 unsigned int fl_align = cache_line_size < 32 ? 32 : cache_line_size;
6858 unsigned int fl_align_log = fls(fl_align) - 1;
6860 t4_write_reg(adap, SGE_HOST_PAGE_SIZE_A,
6861 HOSTPAGESIZEPF0_V(sge_hps) |
6862 HOSTPAGESIZEPF1_V(sge_hps) |
6863 HOSTPAGESIZEPF2_V(sge_hps) |
6864 HOSTPAGESIZEPF3_V(sge_hps) |
6865 HOSTPAGESIZEPF4_V(sge_hps) |
6866 HOSTPAGESIZEPF5_V(sge_hps) |
6867 HOSTPAGESIZEPF6_V(sge_hps) |
6868 HOSTPAGESIZEPF7_V(sge_hps));
6870 if (is_t4(adap->params.chip)) {
6871 t4_set_reg_field(adap, SGE_CONTROL_A,
6872 INGPADBOUNDARY_V(INGPADBOUNDARY_M) |
6873 EGRSTATUSPAGESIZE_F,
6874 INGPADBOUNDARY_V(fl_align_log -
6875 INGPADBOUNDARY_SHIFT_X) |
6876 EGRSTATUSPAGESIZE_V(stat_len != 64));
6878 unsigned int pack_align;
6879 unsigned int ingpad, ingpack;
6880 unsigned int pcie_cap;
6882 /* T5 introduced the separation of the Free List Padding and
6883 * Packing Boundaries. Thus, we can select a smaller Padding
6884 * Boundary to avoid uselessly chewing up PCIe Link and Memory
6885 * Bandwidth, and use a Packing Boundary which is large enough
6886 * to avoid false sharing between CPUs, etc.
6888 * For the PCI Link, the smaller the Padding Boundary the
6889 * better. For the Memory Controller, a smaller Padding
6890 * Boundary is better until we cross under the Memory Line
6891 * Size (the minimum unit of transfer to/from Memory). If we
6892 * have a Padding Boundary which is smaller than the Memory
6893 * Line Size, that'll involve a Read-Modify-Write cycle on the
6894 * Memory Controller which is never good.
6897 /* We want the Packing Boundary to be based on the Cache Line
6898 * Size in order to help avoid False Sharing performance
6899 * issues between CPUs, etc. We also want the Packing
6900 * Boundary to incorporate the PCI-E Maximum Payload Size. We
6901 * get best performance when the Packing Boundary is a
6902 * multiple of the Maximum Payload Size.
6904 pack_align = fl_align;
6905 pcie_cap = pci_find_capability(adap->pdev, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
6907 unsigned int mps, mps_log;
6910 /* The PCIe Device Control Maximum Payload Size field
6911 * [bits 7:5] encodes sizes as powers of 2 starting at
6914 pci_read_config_word(adap->pdev,
6915 pcie_cap + PCI_EXP_DEVCTL,
6917 mps_log = ((devctl & PCI_EXP_DEVCTL_PAYLOAD) >> 5) + 7;
6919 if (mps > pack_align)
6923 /* N.B. T5/T6 have a crazy special interpretation of the "0"
6924 * value for the Packing Boundary. This corresponds to 16
6925 * bytes instead of the expected 32 bytes. So if we want 32
6926 * bytes, the best we can really do is 64 bytes ...
6928 if (pack_align <= 16) {
6929 ingpack = INGPACKBOUNDARY_16B_X;
6931 } else if (pack_align == 32) {
6932 ingpack = INGPACKBOUNDARY_64B_X;
6935 unsigned int pack_align_log = fls(pack_align) - 1;
6937 ingpack = pack_align_log - INGPACKBOUNDARY_SHIFT_X;
6938 fl_align = pack_align;
6941 /* Use the smallest Ingress Padding which isn't smaller than
6942 * the Memory Controller Read/Write Size. We'll take that as
6943 * being 8 bytes since we don't know of any system with a
6944 * wider Memory Controller Bus Width.
6946 if (is_t5(adap->params.chip))
6947 ingpad = INGPADBOUNDARY_32B_X;
6949 ingpad = T6_INGPADBOUNDARY_8B_X;
6951 t4_set_reg_field(adap, SGE_CONTROL_A,
6952 INGPADBOUNDARY_V(INGPADBOUNDARY_M) |
6953 EGRSTATUSPAGESIZE_F,
6954 INGPADBOUNDARY_V(ingpad) |
6955 EGRSTATUSPAGESIZE_V(stat_len != 64));
6956 t4_set_reg_field(adap, SGE_CONTROL2_A,
6957 INGPACKBOUNDARY_V(INGPACKBOUNDARY_M),
6958 INGPACKBOUNDARY_V(ingpack));
6961 * Adjust various SGE Free List Host Buffer Sizes.
6963 * This is something of a crock since we're using fixed indices into
6964 * the array which are also known by the sge.c code and the T4
6965 * Firmware Configuration File. We need to come up with a much better
6966 * approach to managing this array. For now, the first four entries
6971 * 2: Buffer size corresponding to 1500 byte MTU (unpacked mode)
6972 * 3: Buffer size corresponding to 9000 byte MTU (unpacked mode)
6974 * For the single-MTU buffers in unpacked mode we need to include
6975 * space for the SGE Control Packet Shift, 14 byte Ethernet header,
6976 * possible 4 byte VLAN tag, all rounded up to the next Ingress Packet
6977 * Padding boundary. All of these are accommodated in the Factory
6978 * Default Firmware Configuration File but we need to adjust it for
6979 * this host's cache line size.
6981 t4_write_reg(adap, SGE_FL_BUFFER_SIZE0_A, page_size);
6982 t4_write_reg(adap, SGE_FL_BUFFER_SIZE2_A,
6983 (t4_read_reg(adap, SGE_FL_BUFFER_SIZE2_A) + fl_align-1)
6985 t4_write_reg(adap, SGE_FL_BUFFER_SIZE3_A,
6986 (t4_read_reg(adap, SGE_FL_BUFFER_SIZE3_A) + fl_align-1)
6989 t4_write_reg(adap, ULP_RX_TDDP_PSZ_A, HPZ0_V(page_shift - 12));
6995 * t4_fw_initialize - ask FW to initialize the device
6996 * @adap: the adapter
6997 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
6999 * Issues a command to FW to partially initialize the device. This
7000 * performs initialization that generally doesn't depend on user input.
7002 int t4_fw_initialize(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
7004 struct fw_initialize_cmd c;
7006 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7007 INIT_CMD(c, INITIALIZE, WRITE);
7008 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
7012 * t4_query_params_rw - query FW or device parameters
7013 * @adap: the adapter
7014 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7017 * @nparams: the number of parameters
7018 * @params: the parameter names
7019 * @val: the parameter values
7020 * @rw: Write and read flag
7021 * @sleep_ok: if true, we may sleep awaiting mbox cmd completion
7023 * Reads the value of FW or device parameters. Up to 7 parameters can be
7026 int t4_query_params_rw(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7027 unsigned int vf, unsigned int nparams, const u32 *params,
7028 u32 *val, int rw, bool sleep_ok)
7031 struct fw_params_cmd c;
7032 __be32 *p = &c.param[0].mnem;
7037 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7038 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_PARAMS_CMD) |
7039 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_READ_F |
7040 FW_PARAMS_CMD_PFN_V(pf) |
7041 FW_PARAMS_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7042 c.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
7044 for (i = 0; i < nparams; i++) {
7045 *p++ = cpu_to_be32(*params++);
7047 *p = cpu_to_be32(*(val + i));
7051 ret = t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c, sleep_ok);
7053 for (i = 0, p = &c.param[0].val; i < nparams; i++, p += 2)
7054 *val++ = be32_to_cpu(*p);
7058 int t4_query_params(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7059 unsigned int vf, unsigned int nparams, const u32 *params,
7062 return t4_query_params_rw(adap, mbox, pf, vf, nparams, params, val, 0,
7066 int t4_query_params_ns(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7067 unsigned int vf, unsigned int nparams, const u32 *params,
7070 return t4_query_params_rw(adap, mbox, pf, vf, nparams, params, val, 0,
7075 * t4_set_params_timeout - sets FW or device parameters
7076 * @adap: the adapter
7077 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7080 * @nparams: the number of parameters
7081 * @params: the parameter names
7082 * @val: the parameter values
7083 * @timeout: the timeout time
7085 * Sets the value of FW or device parameters. Up to 7 parameters can be
7086 * specified at once.
7088 int t4_set_params_timeout(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
7089 unsigned int pf, unsigned int vf,
7090 unsigned int nparams, const u32 *params,
7091 const u32 *val, int timeout)
7093 struct fw_params_cmd c;
7094 __be32 *p = &c.param[0].mnem;
7099 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7100 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_PARAMS_CMD) |
7101 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_WRITE_F |
7102 FW_PARAMS_CMD_PFN_V(pf) |
7103 FW_PARAMS_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7104 c.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
7107 *p++ = cpu_to_be32(*params++);
7108 *p++ = cpu_to_be32(*val++);
7111 return t4_wr_mbox_timeout(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL, timeout);
7115 * t4_set_params - sets FW or device parameters
7116 * @adap: the adapter
7117 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7120 * @nparams: the number of parameters
7121 * @params: the parameter names
7122 * @val: the parameter values
7124 * Sets the value of FW or device parameters. Up to 7 parameters can be
7125 * specified at once.
7127 int t4_set_params(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7128 unsigned int vf, unsigned int nparams, const u32 *params,
7131 return t4_set_params_timeout(adap, mbox, pf, vf, nparams, params, val,
7132 FW_CMD_MAX_TIMEOUT);
7136 * t4_cfg_pfvf - configure PF/VF resource limits
7137 * @adap: the adapter
7138 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7139 * @pf: the PF being configured
7140 * @vf: the VF being configured
7141 * @txq: the max number of egress queues
7142 * @txq_eth_ctrl: the max number of egress Ethernet or control queues
7143 * @rxqi: the max number of interrupt-capable ingress queues
7144 * @rxq: the max number of interruptless ingress queues
7145 * @tc: the PCI traffic class
7146 * @vi: the max number of virtual interfaces
7147 * @cmask: the channel access rights mask for the PF/VF
7148 * @pmask: the port access rights mask for the PF/VF
7149 * @nexact: the maximum number of exact MPS filters
7150 * @rcaps: read capabilities
7151 * @wxcaps: write/execute capabilities
7153 * Configures resource limits and capabilities for a physical or virtual
7156 int t4_cfg_pfvf(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7157 unsigned int vf, unsigned int txq, unsigned int txq_eth_ctrl,
7158 unsigned int rxqi, unsigned int rxq, unsigned int tc,
7159 unsigned int vi, unsigned int cmask, unsigned int pmask,
7160 unsigned int nexact, unsigned int rcaps, unsigned int wxcaps)
7162 struct fw_pfvf_cmd c;
7164 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7165 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_PFVF_CMD) | FW_CMD_REQUEST_F |
7166 FW_CMD_WRITE_F | FW_PFVF_CMD_PFN_V(pf) |
7167 FW_PFVF_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7168 c.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
7169 c.niqflint_niq = cpu_to_be32(FW_PFVF_CMD_NIQFLINT_V(rxqi) |
7170 FW_PFVF_CMD_NIQ_V(rxq));
7171 c.type_to_neq = cpu_to_be32(FW_PFVF_CMD_CMASK_V(cmask) |
7172 FW_PFVF_CMD_PMASK_V(pmask) |
7173 FW_PFVF_CMD_NEQ_V(txq));
7174 c.tc_to_nexactf = cpu_to_be32(FW_PFVF_CMD_TC_V(tc) |
7175 FW_PFVF_CMD_NVI_V(vi) |
7176 FW_PFVF_CMD_NEXACTF_V(nexact));
7177 c.r_caps_to_nethctrl = cpu_to_be32(FW_PFVF_CMD_R_CAPS_V(rcaps) |
7178 FW_PFVF_CMD_WX_CAPS_V(wxcaps) |
7179 FW_PFVF_CMD_NETHCTRL_V(txq_eth_ctrl));
7180 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
7184 * t4_alloc_vi - allocate a virtual interface
7185 * @adap: the adapter
7186 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7187 * @port: physical port associated with the VI
7188 * @pf: the PF owning the VI
7189 * @vf: the VF owning the VI
7190 * @nmac: number of MAC addresses needed (1 to 5)
7191 * @mac: the MAC addresses of the VI
7192 * @rss_size: size of RSS table slice associated with this VI
7194 * Allocates a virtual interface for the given physical port. If @mac is
7195 * not %NULL it contains the MAC addresses of the VI as assigned by FW.
7196 * @mac should be large enough to hold @nmac Ethernet addresses, they are
7197 * stored consecutively so the space needed is @nmac * 6 bytes.
7198 * Returns a negative error number or the non-negative VI id.
7200 int t4_alloc_vi(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int port,
7201 unsigned int pf, unsigned int vf, unsigned int nmac, u8 *mac,
7202 unsigned int *rss_size)
7207 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7208 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_VI_CMD) | FW_CMD_REQUEST_F |
7209 FW_CMD_WRITE_F | FW_CMD_EXEC_F |
7210 FW_VI_CMD_PFN_V(pf) | FW_VI_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7211 c.alloc_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_VI_CMD_ALLOC_F | FW_LEN16(c));
7212 c.portid_pkd = FW_VI_CMD_PORTID_V(port);
7215 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
7220 memcpy(mac, c.mac, sizeof(c.mac));
7223 memcpy(mac + 24, c.nmac3, sizeof(c.nmac3));
7225 memcpy(mac + 18, c.nmac2, sizeof(c.nmac2));
7227 memcpy(mac + 12, c.nmac1, sizeof(c.nmac1));
7229 memcpy(mac + 6, c.nmac0, sizeof(c.nmac0));
7233 *rss_size = FW_VI_CMD_RSSSIZE_G(be16_to_cpu(c.rsssize_pkd));
7234 return FW_VI_CMD_VIID_G(be16_to_cpu(c.type_viid));
7238 * t4_free_vi - free a virtual interface
7239 * @adap: the adapter
7240 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7241 * @pf: the PF owning the VI
7242 * @vf: the VF owning the VI
7243 * @viid: virtual interface identifiler
7245 * Free a previously allocated virtual interface.
7247 int t4_free_vi(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7248 unsigned int vf, unsigned int viid)
7252 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7253 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_VI_CMD) |
7256 FW_VI_CMD_PFN_V(pf) |
7257 FW_VI_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7258 c.alloc_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_VI_CMD_FREE_F | FW_LEN16(c));
7259 c.type_viid = cpu_to_be16(FW_VI_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
7261 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
7265 * t4_set_rxmode - set Rx properties of a virtual interface
7266 * @adap: the adapter
7267 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7269 * @mtu: the new MTU or -1
7270 * @promisc: 1 to enable promiscuous mode, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
7271 * @all_multi: 1 to enable all-multi mode, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
7272 * @bcast: 1 to enable broadcast Rx, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
7273 * @vlanex: 1 to enable HW VLAN extraction, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
7274 * @sleep_ok: if true we may sleep while awaiting command completion
7276 * Sets Rx properties of a virtual interface.
7278 int t4_set_rxmode(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
7279 int mtu, int promisc, int all_multi, int bcast, int vlanex,
7282 struct fw_vi_rxmode_cmd c;
7284 /* convert to FW values */
7286 mtu = FW_RXMODE_MTU_NO_CHG;
7288 promisc = FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_PROMISCEN_M;
7290 all_multi = FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_ALLMULTIEN_M;
7292 bcast = FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_BROADCASTEN_M;
7294 vlanex = FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_VLANEXEN_M;
7296 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7297 c.op_to_viid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD) |
7298 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_WRITE_F |
7299 FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
7300 c.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(c));
7302 cpu_to_be32(FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_MTU_V(mtu) |
7303 FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_PROMISCEN_V(promisc) |
7304 FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_ALLMULTIEN_V(all_multi) |
7305 FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_BROADCASTEN_V(bcast) |
7306 FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_VLANEXEN_V(vlanex));
7307 return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL, sleep_ok);
7311 * t4_alloc_mac_filt - allocates exact-match filters for MAC addresses
7312 * @adap: the adapter
7313 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7315 * @free: if true any existing filters for this VI id are first removed
7316 * @naddr: the number of MAC addresses to allocate filters for (up to 7)
7317 * @addr: the MAC address(es)
7318 * @idx: where to store the index of each allocated filter
7319 * @hash: pointer to hash address filter bitmap
7320 * @sleep_ok: call is allowed to sleep
7322 * Allocates an exact-match filter for each of the supplied addresses and
7323 * sets it to the corresponding address. If @idx is not %NULL it should
7324 * have at least @naddr entries, each of which will be set to the index of
7325 * the filter allocated for the corresponding MAC address. If a filter
7326 * could not be allocated for an address its index is set to 0xffff.
7327 * If @hash is not %NULL addresses that fail to allocate an exact filter
7328 * are hashed and update the hash filter bitmap pointed at by @hash.
7330 * Returns a negative error number or the number of filters allocated.
7332 int t4_alloc_mac_filt(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
7333 unsigned int viid, bool free, unsigned int naddr,
7334 const u8 **addr, u16 *idx, u64 *hash, bool sleep_ok)
7336 int offset, ret = 0;
7337 struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
7338 unsigned int nfilters = 0;
7339 unsigned int max_naddr = adap->params.arch.mps_tcam_size;
7340 unsigned int rem = naddr;
7342 if (naddr > max_naddr)
7345 for (offset = 0; offset < naddr ; /**/) {
7346 unsigned int fw_naddr = (rem < ARRAY_SIZE(c.u.exact) ?
7347 rem : ARRAY_SIZE(c.u.exact));
7348 size_t len16 = DIV_ROUND_UP(offsetof(struct fw_vi_mac_cmd,
7349 u.exact[fw_naddr]), 16);
7350 struct fw_vi_mac_exact *p;
7353 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7354 c.op_to_viid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) |
7357 FW_CMD_EXEC_V(free) |
7358 FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
7359 c.freemacs_to_len16 =
7360 cpu_to_be32(FW_VI_MAC_CMD_FREEMACS_V(free) |
7361 FW_CMD_LEN16_V(len16));
7363 for (i = 0, p = c.u.exact; i < fw_naddr; i++, p++) {
7365 cpu_to_be16(FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VALID_F |
7366 FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX_V(
7367 FW_VI_MAC_ADD_MAC));
7368 memcpy(p->macaddr, addr[offset + i],
7369 sizeof(p->macaddr));
7372 /* It's okay if we run out of space in our MAC address arena.
7373 * Some of the addresses we submit may get stored so we need
7374 * to run through the reply to see what the results were ...
7376 ret = t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c, sleep_ok);
7377 if (ret && ret != -FW_ENOMEM)
7380 for (i = 0, p = c.u.exact; i < fw_naddr; i++, p++) {
7381 u16 index = FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX_G(
7382 be16_to_cpu(p->valid_to_idx));
7385 idx[offset + i] = (index >= max_naddr ?
7387 if (index < max_naddr)
7391 hash_mac_addr(addr[offset + i]));
7399 if (ret == 0 || ret == -FW_ENOMEM)
7405 * t4_free_mac_filt - frees exact-match filters of given MAC addresses
7406 * @adap: the adapter
7407 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7409 * @naddr: the number of MAC addresses to allocate filters for (up to 7)
7410 * @addr: the MAC address(es)
7411 * @sleep_ok: call is allowed to sleep
7413 * Frees the exact-match filter for each of the supplied addresses
7415 * Returns a negative error number or the number of filters freed.
7417 int t4_free_mac_filt(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
7418 unsigned int viid, unsigned int naddr,
7419 const u8 **addr, bool sleep_ok)
7421 int offset, ret = 0;
7422 struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
7423 unsigned int nfilters = 0;
7424 unsigned int max_naddr = is_t4(adap->params.chip) ?
7425 NUM_MPS_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES :
7426 NUM_MPS_T5_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES;
7427 unsigned int rem = naddr;
7429 if (naddr > max_naddr)
7432 for (offset = 0; offset < (int)naddr ; /**/) {
7433 unsigned int fw_naddr = (rem < ARRAY_SIZE(c.u.exact)
7435 : ARRAY_SIZE(c.u.exact));
7436 size_t len16 = DIV_ROUND_UP(offsetof(struct fw_vi_mac_cmd,
7437 u.exact[fw_naddr]), 16);
7438 struct fw_vi_mac_exact *p;
7441 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7442 c.op_to_viid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) |
7446 FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
7447 c.freemacs_to_len16 =
7448 cpu_to_be32(FW_VI_MAC_CMD_FREEMACS_V(0) |
7449 FW_CMD_LEN16_V(len16));
7451 for (i = 0, p = c.u.exact; i < (int)fw_naddr; i++, p++) {
7452 p->valid_to_idx = cpu_to_be16(
7453 FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VALID_F |
7454 FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX_V(FW_VI_MAC_MAC_BASED_FREE));
7455 memcpy(p->macaddr, addr[offset+i], sizeof(p->macaddr));
7458 ret = t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c, sleep_ok);
7462 for (i = 0, p = c.u.exact; i < fw_naddr; i++, p++) {
7463 u16 index = FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX_G(
7464 be16_to_cpu(p->valid_to_idx));
7466 if (index < max_naddr)
7480 * t4_change_mac - modifies the exact-match filter for a MAC address
7481 * @adap: the adapter
7482 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7484 * @idx: index of existing filter for old value of MAC address, or -1
7485 * @addr: the new MAC address value
7486 * @persist: whether a new MAC allocation should be persistent
7487 * @add_smt: if true also add the address to the HW SMT
7489 * Modifies an exact-match filter and sets it to the new MAC address.
7490 * Note that in general it is not possible to modify the value of a given
7491 * filter so the generic way to modify an address filter is to free the one
7492 * being used by the old address value and allocate a new filter for the
7493 * new address value. @idx can be -1 if the address is a new addition.
7495 * Returns a negative error number or the index of the filter with the new
7498 int t4_change_mac(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
7499 int idx, const u8 *addr, bool persist, bool add_smt)
7502 struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
7503 struct fw_vi_mac_exact *p = c.u.exact;
7504 unsigned int max_mac_addr = adap->params.arch.mps_tcam_size;
7506 if (idx < 0) /* new allocation */
7507 idx = persist ? FW_VI_MAC_ADD_PERSIST_MAC : FW_VI_MAC_ADD_MAC;
7508 mode = add_smt ? FW_VI_MAC_SMT_AND_MPSTCAM : FW_VI_MAC_MPS_TCAM_ENTRY;
7510 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7511 c.op_to_viid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) |
7512 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_WRITE_F |
7513 FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
7514 c.freemacs_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_LEN16_V(1));
7515 p->valid_to_idx = cpu_to_be16(FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VALID_F |
7516 FW_VI_MAC_CMD_SMAC_RESULT_V(mode) |
7517 FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX_V(idx));
7518 memcpy(p->macaddr, addr, sizeof(p->macaddr));
7520 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
7522 ret = FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX_G(be16_to_cpu(p->valid_to_idx));
7523 if (ret >= max_mac_addr)
7530 * t4_set_addr_hash - program the MAC inexact-match hash filter
7531 * @adap: the adapter
7532 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7534 * @ucast: whether the hash filter should also match unicast addresses
7535 * @vec: the value to be written to the hash filter
7536 * @sleep_ok: call is allowed to sleep
7538 * Sets the 64-bit inexact-match hash filter for a virtual interface.
7540 int t4_set_addr_hash(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
7541 bool ucast, u64 vec, bool sleep_ok)
7543 struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
7545 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7546 c.op_to_viid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) |
7547 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_WRITE_F |
7548 FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
7549 c.freemacs_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_VI_MAC_CMD_HASHVECEN_F |
7550 FW_VI_MAC_CMD_HASHUNIEN_V(ucast) |
7552 c.u.hash.hashvec = cpu_to_be64(vec);
7553 return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL, sleep_ok);
7557 * t4_enable_vi_params - enable/disable a virtual interface
7558 * @adap: the adapter
7559 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7561 * @rx_en: 1=enable Rx, 0=disable Rx
7562 * @tx_en: 1=enable Tx, 0=disable Tx
7563 * @dcb_en: 1=enable delivery of Data Center Bridging messages.
7565 * Enables/disables a virtual interface. Note that setting DCB Enable
7566 * only makes sense when enabling a Virtual Interface ...
7568 int t4_enable_vi_params(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
7569 unsigned int viid, bool rx_en, bool tx_en, bool dcb_en)
7571 struct fw_vi_enable_cmd c;
7573 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7574 c.op_to_viid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD) |
7575 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_EXEC_F |
7576 FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
7577 c.ien_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_IEN_V(rx_en) |
7578 FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_EEN_V(tx_en) |
7579 FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_DCB_INFO_V(dcb_en) |
7581 return t4_wr_mbox_ns(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
7585 * t4_enable_vi - enable/disable a virtual interface
7586 * @adap: the adapter
7587 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7589 * @rx_en: 1=enable Rx, 0=disable Rx
7590 * @tx_en: 1=enable Tx, 0=disable Tx
7592 * Enables/disables a virtual interface.
7594 int t4_enable_vi(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
7595 bool rx_en, bool tx_en)
7597 return t4_enable_vi_params(adap, mbox, viid, rx_en, tx_en, 0);
7601 * t4_identify_port - identify a VI's port by blinking its LED
7602 * @adap: the adapter
7603 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7605 * @nblinks: how many times to blink LED at 2.5 Hz
7607 * Identifies a VI's port by blinking its LED.
7609 int t4_identify_port(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
7610 unsigned int nblinks)
7612 struct fw_vi_enable_cmd c;
7614 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7615 c.op_to_viid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD) |
7616 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_EXEC_F |
7617 FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_VIID_V(viid));
7618 c.ien_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_LED_F | FW_LEN16(c));
7619 c.blinkdur = cpu_to_be16(nblinks);
7620 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
7624 * t4_iq_stop - stop an ingress queue and its FLs
7625 * @adap: the adapter
7626 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7627 * @pf: the PF owning the queues
7628 * @vf: the VF owning the queues
7629 * @iqtype: the ingress queue type (FW_IQ_TYPE_FL_INT_CAP, etc.)
7630 * @iqid: ingress queue id
7631 * @fl0id: FL0 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL0
7632 * @fl1id: FL1 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL1
7634 * Stops an ingress queue and its associated FLs, if any. This causes
7635 * any current or future data/messages destined for these queues to be
7638 int t4_iq_stop(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7639 unsigned int vf, unsigned int iqtype, unsigned int iqid,
7640 unsigned int fl0id, unsigned int fl1id)
7644 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7645 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_IQ_CMD) | FW_CMD_REQUEST_F |
7646 FW_CMD_EXEC_F | FW_IQ_CMD_PFN_V(pf) |
7647 FW_IQ_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7648 c.alloc_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_IQ_CMD_IQSTOP_F | FW_LEN16(c));
7649 c.type_to_iqandstindex = cpu_to_be32(FW_IQ_CMD_TYPE_V(iqtype));
7650 c.iqid = cpu_to_be16(iqid);
7651 c.fl0id = cpu_to_be16(fl0id);
7652 c.fl1id = cpu_to_be16(fl1id);
7653 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
7657 * t4_iq_free - free an ingress queue and its FLs
7658 * @adap: the adapter
7659 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7660 * @pf: the PF owning the queues
7661 * @vf: the VF owning the queues
7662 * @iqtype: the ingress queue type
7663 * @iqid: ingress queue id
7664 * @fl0id: FL0 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL0
7665 * @fl1id: FL1 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL1
7667 * Frees an ingress queue and its associated FLs, if any.
7669 int t4_iq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7670 unsigned int vf, unsigned int iqtype, unsigned int iqid,
7671 unsigned int fl0id, unsigned int fl1id)
7675 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7676 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_IQ_CMD) | FW_CMD_REQUEST_F |
7677 FW_CMD_EXEC_F | FW_IQ_CMD_PFN_V(pf) |
7678 FW_IQ_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7679 c.alloc_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_IQ_CMD_FREE_F | FW_LEN16(c));
7680 c.type_to_iqandstindex = cpu_to_be32(FW_IQ_CMD_TYPE_V(iqtype));
7681 c.iqid = cpu_to_be16(iqid);
7682 c.fl0id = cpu_to_be16(fl0id);
7683 c.fl1id = cpu_to_be16(fl1id);
7684 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
7688 * t4_eth_eq_free - free an Ethernet egress queue
7689 * @adap: the adapter
7690 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7691 * @pf: the PF owning the queue
7692 * @vf: the VF owning the queue
7693 * @eqid: egress queue id
7695 * Frees an Ethernet egress queue.
7697 int t4_eth_eq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7698 unsigned int vf, unsigned int eqid)
7700 struct fw_eq_eth_cmd c;
7702 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7703 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_EQ_ETH_CMD) |
7704 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_EXEC_F |
7705 FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_PFN_V(pf) |
7706 FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7707 c.alloc_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_FREE_F | FW_LEN16(c));
7708 c.eqid_pkd = cpu_to_be32(FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_EQID_V(eqid));
7709 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
7713 * t4_ctrl_eq_free - free a control egress queue
7714 * @adap: the adapter
7715 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7716 * @pf: the PF owning the queue
7717 * @vf: the VF owning the queue
7718 * @eqid: egress queue id
7720 * Frees a control egress queue.
7722 int t4_ctrl_eq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7723 unsigned int vf, unsigned int eqid)
7725 struct fw_eq_ctrl_cmd c;
7727 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7728 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD) |
7729 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_EXEC_F |
7730 FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_PFN_V(pf) |
7731 FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7732 c.alloc_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_FREE_F | FW_LEN16(c));
7733 c.cmpliqid_eqid = cpu_to_be32(FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_EQID_V(eqid));
7734 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
7738 * t4_ofld_eq_free - free an offload egress queue
7739 * @adap: the adapter
7740 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
7741 * @pf: the PF owning the queue
7742 * @vf: the VF owning the queue
7743 * @eqid: egress queue id
7745 * Frees a control egress queue.
7747 int t4_ofld_eq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
7748 unsigned int vf, unsigned int eqid)
7750 struct fw_eq_ofld_cmd c;
7752 memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
7753 c.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD) |
7754 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_EXEC_F |
7755 FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_PFN_V(pf) |
7756 FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
7757 c.alloc_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_FREE_F | FW_LEN16(c));
7758 c.eqid_pkd = cpu_to_be32(FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_EQID_V(eqid));
7759 return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
7763 * t4_link_down_rc_str - return a string for a Link Down Reason Code
7764 * @adap: the adapter
7765 * @link_down_rc: Link Down Reason Code
7767 * Returns a string representation of the Link Down Reason Code.
7769 static const char *t4_link_down_rc_str(unsigned char link_down_rc)
7771 static const char * const reason[] = {
7774 "Auto-negotiation Failure",
7776 "Insufficient Airflow",
7777 "Unable To Determine Reason",
7778 "No RX Signal Detected",
7782 if (link_down_rc >= ARRAY_SIZE(reason))
7783 return "Bad Reason Code";
7785 return reason[link_down_rc];
7789 * Return the highest speed set in the port capabilities, in Mb/s.
7791 static unsigned int fwcap_to_speed(fw_port_cap32_t caps)
7793 #define TEST_SPEED_RETURN(__caps_speed, __speed) \
7795 if (caps & FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_##__caps_speed) \
7799 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(400G, 400000);
7800 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(200G, 200000);
7801 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(100G, 100000);
7802 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(50G, 50000);
7803 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(40G, 40000);
7804 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(25G, 25000);
7805 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(10G, 10000);
7806 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(1G, 1000);
7807 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(100M, 100);
7809 #undef TEST_SPEED_RETURN
7815 * fwcap_to_fwspeed - return highest speed in Port Capabilities
7816 * @acaps: advertised Port Capabilities
7818 * Get the highest speed for the port from the advertised Port
7819 * Capabilities. It will be either the highest speed from the list of
7820 * speeds or whatever user has set using ethtool.
7822 static fw_port_cap32_t fwcap_to_fwspeed(fw_port_cap32_t acaps)
7824 #define TEST_SPEED_RETURN(__caps_speed) \
7826 if (acaps & FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_##__caps_speed) \
7827 return FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_##__caps_speed; \
7830 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(400G);
7831 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(200G);
7832 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(100G);
7833 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(50G);
7834 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(40G);
7835 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(25G);
7836 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(10G);
7837 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(1G);
7838 TEST_SPEED_RETURN(100M);
7840 #undef TEST_SPEED_RETURN
7846 * lstatus_to_fwcap - translate old lstatus to 32-bit Port Capabilities
7847 * @lstatus: old FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO lstatus value
7849 * Translates old FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO lstatus field into new
7850 * 32-bit Port Capabilities value.
7852 static fw_port_cap32_t lstatus_to_fwcap(u32 lstatus)
7854 fw_port_cap32_t linkattr = 0;
7856 /* Unfortunately the format of the Link Status in the old
7857 * 16-bit Port Information message isn't the same as the
7858 * 16-bit Port Capabilities bitfield used everywhere else ...
7860 if (lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_RXPAUSE_F)
7861 linkattr |= FW_PORT_CAP32_FC_RX;
7862 if (lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_TXPAUSE_F)
7863 linkattr |= FW_PORT_CAP32_FC_TX;
7864 if (lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED_V(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_100M))
7865 linkattr |= FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_100M;
7866 if (lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED_V(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_1G))
7867 linkattr |= FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_1G;
7868 if (lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED_V(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_10G))
7869 linkattr |= FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_10G;
7870 if (lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED_V(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_25G))
7871 linkattr |= FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_25G;
7872 if (lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED_V(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_40G))
7873 linkattr |= FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_40G;
7874 if (lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED_V(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_100G))
7875 linkattr |= FW_PORT_CAP32_SPEED_100G;
7881 * t4_handle_get_port_info - process a FW reply message
7882 * @pi: the port info
7883 * @rpl: start of the FW message
7885 * Processes a GET_PORT_INFO FW reply message.
7887 void t4_handle_get_port_info(struct port_info *pi, const __be64 *rpl)
7889 const struct fw_port_cmd *cmd = (const void *)rpl;
7890 int action = FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION_G(be32_to_cpu(cmd->action_to_len16));
7891 struct adapter *adapter = pi->adapter;
7892 struct link_config *lc = &pi->link_cfg;
7893 int link_ok, linkdnrc;
7894 enum fw_port_type port_type;
7895 enum fw_port_module_type mod_type;
7896 unsigned int speed, fc, fec;
7897 fw_port_cap32_t pcaps, acaps, lpacaps, linkattr;
7899 /* Extract the various fields from the Port Information message.
7902 case FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO: {
7903 u32 lstatus = be32_to_cpu(cmd->u.info.lstatus_to_modtype);
7905 link_ok = (lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_LSTATUS_F) != 0;
7906 linkdnrc = FW_PORT_CMD_LINKDNRC_G(lstatus);
7907 port_type = FW_PORT_CMD_PTYPE_G(lstatus);
7908 mod_type = FW_PORT_CMD_MODTYPE_G(lstatus);
7909 pcaps = fwcaps16_to_caps32(be16_to_cpu(cmd->u.info.pcap));
7910 acaps = fwcaps16_to_caps32(be16_to_cpu(cmd->u.info.acap));
7911 lpacaps = fwcaps16_to_caps32(be16_to_cpu(cmd->u.info.lpacap));
7912 linkattr = lstatus_to_fwcap(lstatus);
7916 case FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO32: {
7919 lstatus32 = be32_to_cpu(cmd->u.info32.lstatus32_to_cbllen32);
7920 link_ok = (lstatus32 & FW_PORT_CMD_LSTATUS32_F) != 0;
7921 linkdnrc = FW_PORT_CMD_LINKDNRC32_G(lstatus32);
7922 port_type = FW_PORT_CMD_PORTTYPE32_G(lstatus32);
7923 mod_type = FW_PORT_CMD_MODTYPE32_G(lstatus32);
7924 pcaps = be32_to_cpu(cmd->u.info32.pcaps32);
7925 acaps = be32_to_cpu(cmd->u.info32.acaps32);
7926 lpacaps = be32_to_cpu(cmd->u.info32.lpacaps32);
7927 linkattr = be32_to_cpu(cmd->u.info32.linkattr32);
7932 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev, "Handle Port Information: Bad Command/Action %#x\n",
7933 be32_to_cpu(cmd->action_to_len16));
7937 fec = fwcap_to_cc_fec(acaps);
7938 fc = fwcap_to_cc_pause(linkattr);
7939 speed = fwcap_to_speed(linkattr);
7941 if (mod_type != pi->mod_type) {
7942 /* With the newer SFP28 and QSFP28 Transceiver Module Types,
7943 * various fundamental Port Capabilities which used to be
7944 * immutable can now change radically. We can now have
7945 * Speeds, Auto-Negotiation, Forward Error Correction, etc.
7946 * all change based on what Transceiver Module is inserted.
7947 * So we need to record the Physical "Port" Capabilities on
7948 * every Transceiver Module change.
7952 /* When a new Transceiver Module is inserted, the Firmware
7953 * will examine its i2c EPROM to determine its type and
7954 * general operating parameters including things like Forward
7955 * Error Control, etc. Various IEEE 802.3 standards dictate
7956 * how to interpret these i2c values to determine default
7957 * "sutomatic" settings. We record these for future use when
7958 * the user explicitly requests these standards-based values.
7960 lc->def_acaps = acaps;
7962 /* Some versions of the early T6 Firmware "cheated" when
7963 * handling different Transceiver Modules by changing the
7964 * underlaying Port Type reported to the Host Drivers. As
7965 * such we need to capture whatever Port Type the Firmware
7966 * sends us and record it in case it's different from what we
7967 * were told earlier. Unfortunately, since Firmware is
7968 * forever, we'll need to keep this code here forever, but in
7969 * later T6 Firmware it should just be an assignment of the
7970 * same value already recorded.
7972 pi->port_type = port_type;
7974 pi->mod_type = mod_type;
7975 t4_os_portmod_changed(adapter, pi->port_id);
7978 if (link_ok != lc->link_ok || speed != lc->speed ||
7979 fc != lc->fc || fec != lc->fec) { /* something changed */
7980 if (!link_ok && lc->link_ok) {
7981 lc->link_down_rc = linkdnrc;
7982 dev_warn(adapter->pdev_dev, "Port %d link down, reason: %s\n",
7983 pi->tx_chan, t4_link_down_rc_str(linkdnrc));
7985 lc->link_ok = link_ok;
7990 lc->lpacaps = lpacaps;
7991 lc->acaps = acaps & ADVERT_MASK;
7993 if (lc->acaps & FW_PORT_CAP32_ANEG) {
7994 lc->autoneg = AUTONEG_ENABLE;
7996 /* When Autoneg is disabled, user needs to set
7998 * Similar to cxgb4_ethtool.c: set_link_ksettings
8001 lc->speed_caps = fwcap_to_fwspeed(acaps);
8002 lc->autoneg = AUTONEG_DISABLE;
8005 t4_os_link_changed(adapter, pi->port_id, link_ok);
8010 * t4_update_port_info - retrieve and update port information if changed
8011 * @pi: the port_info
8013 * We issue a Get Port Information Command to the Firmware and, if
8014 * successful, we check to see if anything is different from what we
8015 * last recorded and update things accordingly.
8017 int t4_update_port_info(struct port_info *pi)
8019 unsigned int fw_caps = pi->adapter->params.fw_caps_support;
8020 struct fw_port_cmd port_cmd;
8023 memset(&port_cmd, 0, sizeof(port_cmd));
8024 port_cmd.op_to_portid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_PORT_CMD) |
8025 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_READ_F |
8026 FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID_V(pi->tx_chan));
8027 port_cmd.action_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(
8028 FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION_V(fw_caps == FW_CAPS16
8029 ? FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO
8030 : FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO32) |
8031 FW_LEN16(port_cmd));
8032 ret = t4_wr_mbox(pi->adapter, pi->adapter->mbox,
8033 &port_cmd, sizeof(port_cmd), &port_cmd);
8037 t4_handle_get_port_info(pi, (__be64 *)&port_cmd);
8042 * t4_get_link_params - retrieve basic link parameters for given port
8044 * @link_okp: value return pointer for link up/down
8045 * @speedp: value return pointer for speed (Mb/s)
8046 * @mtup: value return pointer for mtu
8048 * Retrieves basic link parameters for a port: link up/down, speed (Mb/s),
8049 * and MTU for a specified port. A negative error is returned on
8050 * failure; 0 on success.
8052 int t4_get_link_params(struct port_info *pi, unsigned int *link_okp,
8053 unsigned int *speedp, unsigned int *mtup)
8055 unsigned int fw_caps = pi->adapter->params.fw_caps_support;
8056 struct fw_port_cmd port_cmd;
8057 unsigned int action, link_ok, speed, mtu;
8058 fw_port_cap32_t linkattr;
8061 memset(&port_cmd, 0, sizeof(port_cmd));
8062 port_cmd.op_to_portid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_PORT_CMD) |
8063 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_READ_F |
8064 FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID_V(pi->tx_chan));
8065 action = (fw_caps == FW_CAPS16
8066 ? FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO
8067 : FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO32);
8068 port_cmd.action_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(
8069 FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION_V(action) |
8070 FW_LEN16(port_cmd));
8071 ret = t4_wr_mbox(pi->adapter, pi->adapter->mbox,
8072 &port_cmd, sizeof(port_cmd), &port_cmd);
8076 if (action == FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO) {
8077 u32 lstatus = be32_to_cpu(port_cmd.u.info.lstatus_to_modtype);
8079 link_ok = !!(lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_LSTATUS_F);
8080 linkattr = lstatus_to_fwcap(lstatus);
8081 mtu = be16_to_cpu(port_cmd.u.info.mtu);
8084 be32_to_cpu(port_cmd.u.info32.lstatus32_to_cbllen32);
8086 link_ok = !!(lstatus32 & FW_PORT_CMD_LSTATUS32_F);
8087 linkattr = be32_to_cpu(port_cmd.u.info32.linkattr32);
8088 mtu = FW_PORT_CMD_MTU32_G(
8089 be32_to_cpu(port_cmd.u.info32.auxlinfo32_mtu32));
8091 speed = fwcap_to_speed(linkattr);
8093 *link_okp = link_ok;
8094 *speedp = fwcap_to_speed(linkattr);
8101 * t4_handle_fw_rpl - process a FW reply message
8102 * @adap: the adapter
8103 * @rpl: start of the FW message
8105 * Processes a FW message, such as link state change messages.
8107 int t4_handle_fw_rpl(struct adapter *adap, const __be64 *rpl)
8109 u8 opcode = *(const u8 *)rpl;
8111 /* This might be a port command ... this simplifies the following
8112 * conditionals ... We can get away with pre-dereferencing
8113 * action_to_len16 because it's in the first 16 bytes and all messages
8114 * will be at least that long.
8116 const struct fw_port_cmd *p = (const void *)rpl;
8117 unsigned int action =
8118 FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION_G(be32_to_cpu(p->action_to_len16));
8120 if (opcode == FW_PORT_CMD &&
8121 (action == FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO ||
8122 action == FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO32)) {
8124 int chan = FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID_G(be32_to_cpu(p->op_to_portid));
8125 struct port_info *pi = NULL;
8127 for_each_port(adap, i) {
8128 pi = adap2pinfo(adap, i);
8129 if (pi->tx_chan == chan)
8133 t4_handle_get_port_info(pi, rpl);
8135 dev_warn(adap->pdev_dev, "Unknown firmware reply %d\n",
8142 static void get_pci_mode(struct adapter *adapter, struct pci_params *p)
8146 if (pci_is_pcie(adapter->pdev)) {
8147 pcie_capability_read_word(adapter->pdev, PCI_EXP_LNKSTA, &val);
8148 p->speed = val & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS;
8149 p->width = (val & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW) >> 4;
8154 * init_link_config - initialize a link's SW state
8155 * @lc: pointer to structure holding the link state
8156 * @pcaps: link Port Capabilities
8157 * @acaps: link current Advertised Port Capabilities
8159 * Initializes the SW state maintained for each link, including the link's
8160 * capabilities and default speed/flow-control/autonegotiation settings.
8162 static void init_link_config(struct link_config *lc, fw_port_cap32_t pcaps,
8163 fw_port_cap32_t acaps)
8166 lc->def_acaps = acaps;
8170 lc->requested_fc = lc->fc = PAUSE_RX | PAUSE_TX;
8172 /* For Forward Error Control, we default to whatever the Firmware
8173 * tells us the Link is currently advertising.
8175 lc->requested_fec = FEC_AUTO;
8176 lc->fec = fwcap_to_cc_fec(lc->def_acaps);
8178 if (lc->pcaps & FW_PORT_CAP32_ANEG) {
8179 lc->acaps = lc->pcaps & ADVERT_MASK;
8180 lc->autoneg = AUTONEG_ENABLE;
8181 lc->requested_fc |= PAUSE_AUTONEG;
8184 lc->autoneg = AUTONEG_DISABLE;
8188 #define CIM_PF_NOACCESS 0xeeeeeeee
8190 int t4_wait_dev_ready(void __iomem *regs)
8194 whoami = readl(regs + PL_WHOAMI_A);
8195 if (whoami != 0xffffffff && whoami != CIM_PF_NOACCESS)
8199 whoami = readl(regs + PL_WHOAMI_A);
8200 return (whoami != 0xffffffff && whoami != CIM_PF_NOACCESS ? 0 : -EIO);
8204 u32 vendor_and_model_id;
8208 static int t4_get_flash_params(struct adapter *adap)
8210 /* Table for non-Numonix supported flash parts. Numonix parts are left
8211 * to the preexisting code. All flash parts have 64KB sectors.
8213 static struct flash_desc supported_flash[] = {
8214 { 0x150201, 4 << 20 }, /* Spansion 4MB S25FL032P */
8217 unsigned int part, manufacturer;
8218 unsigned int density, size;
8222 /* Issue a Read ID Command to the Flash part. We decode supported
8223 * Flash parts and their sizes from this. There's a newer Query
8224 * Command which can retrieve detailed geometry information but many
8225 * Flash parts don't support it.
8228 ret = sf1_write(adap, 1, 1, 0, SF_RD_ID);
8230 ret = sf1_read(adap, 3, 0, 1, &flashid);
8231 t4_write_reg(adap, SF_OP_A, 0); /* unlock SF */
8235 /* Check to see if it's one of our non-standard supported Flash parts.
8237 for (part = 0; part < ARRAY_SIZE(supported_flash); part++)
8238 if (supported_flash[part].vendor_and_model_id == flashid) {
8239 adap->params.sf_size = supported_flash[part].size_mb;
8240 adap->params.sf_nsec =
8241 adap->params.sf_size / SF_SEC_SIZE;
8245 /* Decode Flash part size. The code below looks repetative with
8246 * common encodings, but that's not guaranteed in the JEDEC
8247 * specification for the Read JADEC ID command. The only thing that
8248 * we're guaranteed by the JADEC specification is where the
8249 * Manufacturer ID is in the returned result. After that each
8250 * Manufacturer ~could~ encode things completely differently.
8251 * Note, all Flash parts must have 64KB sectors.
8253 manufacturer = flashid & 0xff;
8254 switch (manufacturer) {
8255 case 0x20: { /* Micron/Numonix */
8256 /* This Density -> Size decoding table is taken from Micron
8259 density = (flashid >> 16) & 0xff;
8261 case 0x14: /* 1MB */
8264 case 0x15: /* 2MB */
8267 case 0x16: /* 4MB */
8270 case 0x17: /* 8MB */
8273 case 0x18: /* 16MB */
8276 case 0x19: /* 32MB */
8279 case 0x20: /* 64MB */
8282 case 0x21: /* 128MB */
8285 case 0x22: /* 256MB */
8290 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "Micron Flash Part has bad size, ID = %#x, Density code = %#x\n",
8296 case 0xc2: { /* Macronix */
8297 /* This Density -> Size decoding table is taken from Macronix
8300 density = (flashid >> 16) & 0xff;
8302 case 0x17: /* 8MB */
8305 case 0x18: /* 16MB */
8309 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "Macronix Flash Part has bad size, ID = %#x, Density code = %#x\n",
8314 case 0xef: { /* Winbond */
8315 /* This Density -> Size decoding table is taken from Winbond
8318 density = (flashid >> 16) & 0xff;
8320 case 0x17: /* 8MB */
8323 case 0x18: /* 16MB */
8327 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "Winbond Flash Part has bad size, ID = %#x, Density code = %#x\n",
8334 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "Unsupported Flash Part, ID = %#x\n",
8339 /* Store decoded Flash size and fall through into vetting code. */
8340 adap->params.sf_size = size;
8341 adap->params.sf_nsec = size / SF_SEC_SIZE;
8344 if (adap->params.sf_size < FLASH_MIN_SIZE)
8345 dev_warn(adap->pdev_dev, "WARNING: Flash Part ID %#x, size %#x < %#x\n",
8346 flashid, adap->params.sf_size, FLASH_MIN_SIZE);
8350 static void set_pcie_completion_timeout(struct adapter *adapter, u8 range)
8355 pcie_cap = pci_find_capability(adapter->pdev, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
8357 pci_read_config_word(adapter->pdev,
8358 pcie_cap + PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, &val);
8359 val &= ~PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_COMP_TIMEOUT;
8361 pci_write_config_word(adapter->pdev,
8362 pcie_cap + PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, val);
8367 * t4_prep_adapter - prepare SW and HW for operation
8368 * @adapter: the adapter
8369 * @reset: if true perform a HW reset
8371 * Initialize adapter SW state for the various HW modules, set initial
8372 * values for some adapter tunables, take PHYs out of reset, and
8373 * initialize the MDIO interface.
8375 int t4_prep_adapter(struct adapter *adapter)
8381 get_pci_mode(adapter, &adapter->params.pci);
8382 pl_rev = REV_G(t4_read_reg(adapter, PL_REV_A));
8384 ret = t4_get_flash_params(adapter);
8386 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev, "error %d identifying flash\n", ret);
8390 /* Retrieve adapter's device ID
8392 pci_read_config_word(adapter->pdev, PCI_DEVICE_ID, &device_id);
8393 ver = device_id >> 12;
8394 adapter->params.chip = 0;
8397 adapter->params.chip |= CHELSIO_CHIP_CODE(CHELSIO_T4, pl_rev);
8398 adapter->params.arch.sge_fl_db = DBPRIO_F;
8399 adapter->params.arch.mps_tcam_size =
8400 NUM_MPS_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES;
8401 adapter->params.arch.mps_rplc_size = 128;
8402 adapter->params.arch.nchan = NCHAN;
8403 adapter->params.arch.pm_stats_cnt = PM_NSTATS;
8404 adapter->params.arch.vfcount = 128;
8405 /* Congestion map is for 4 channels so that
8406 * MPS can have 4 priority per port.
8408 adapter->params.arch.cng_ch_bits_log = 2;
8411 adapter->params.chip |= CHELSIO_CHIP_CODE(CHELSIO_T5, pl_rev);
8412 adapter->params.arch.sge_fl_db = DBPRIO_F | DBTYPE_F;
8413 adapter->params.arch.mps_tcam_size =
8414 NUM_MPS_T5_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES;
8415 adapter->params.arch.mps_rplc_size = 128;
8416 adapter->params.arch.nchan = NCHAN;
8417 adapter->params.arch.pm_stats_cnt = PM_NSTATS;
8418 adapter->params.arch.vfcount = 128;
8419 adapter->params.arch.cng_ch_bits_log = 2;
8422 adapter->params.chip |= CHELSIO_CHIP_CODE(CHELSIO_T6, pl_rev);
8423 adapter->params.arch.sge_fl_db = 0;
8424 adapter->params.arch.mps_tcam_size =
8425 NUM_MPS_T5_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES;
8426 adapter->params.arch.mps_rplc_size = 256;
8427 adapter->params.arch.nchan = 2;
8428 adapter->params.arch.pm_stats_cnt = T6_PM_NSTATS;
8429 adapter->params.arch.vfcount = 256;
8430 /* Congestion map will be for 2 channels so that
8431 * MPS can have 8 priority per port.
8433 adapter->params.arch.cng_ch_bits_log = 3;
8436 dev_err(adapter->pdev_dev, "Device %d is not supported\n",
8441 adapter->params.cim_la_size = CIMLA_SIZE;
8442 init_cong_ctrl(adapter->params.a_wnd, adapter->params.b_wnd);
8445 * Default port for debugging in case we can't reach FW.
8447 adapter->params.nports = 1;
8448 adapter->params.portvec = 1;
8449 adapter->params.vpd.cclk = 50000;
8451 /* Set pci completion timeout value to 4 seconds. */
8452 set_pcie_completion_timeout(adapter, 0xd);
8457 * t4_shutdown_adapter - shut down adapter, host & wire
8458 * @adapter: the adapter
8460 * Perform an emergency shutdown of the adapter and stop it from
8461 * continuing any further communication on the ports or DMA to the
8462 * host. This is typically used when the adapter and/or firmware
8463 * have crashed and we want to prevent any further accidental
8464 * communication with the rest of the world. This will also force
8465 * the port Link Status to go down -- if register writes work --
8466 * which should help our peers figure out that we're down.
8468 int t4_shutdown_adapter(struct adapter *adapter)
8472 t4_intr_disable(adapter);
8473 t4_write_reg(adapter, DBG_GPIO_EN_A, 0);
8474 for_each_port(adapter, port) {
8475 u32 a_port_cfg = is_t4(adapter->params.chip) ?
8476 PORT_REG(port, XGMAC_PORT_CFG_A) :
8477 T5_PORT_REG(port, MAC_PORT_CFG_A);
8479 t4_write_reg(adapter, a_port_cfg,
8480 t4_read_reg(adapter, a_port_cfg)
8481 & ~SIGNAL_DET_V(1));
8483 t4_set_reg_field(adapter, SGE_CONTROL_A, GLOBALENABLE_F, 0);
8489 * t4_bar2_sge_qregs - return BAR2 SGE Queue register information
8490 * @adapter: the adapter
8491 * @qid: the Queue ID
8492 * @qtype: the Ingress or Egress type for @qid
8493 * @user: true if this request is for a user mode queue
8494 * @pbar2_qoffset: BAR2 Queue Offset
8495 * @pbar2_qid: BAR2 Queue ID or 0 for Queue ID inferred SGE Queues
8497 * Returns the BAR2 SGE Queue Registers information associated with the
8498 * indicated Absolute Queue ID. These are passed back in return value
8499 * pointers. @qtype should be T4_BAR2_QTYPE_EGRESS for Egress Queue
8500 * and T4_BAR2_QTYPE_INGRESS for Ingress Queues.
8502 * This may return an error which indicates that BAR2 SGE Queue
8503 * registers aren't available. If an error is not returned, then the
8504 * following values are returned:
8506 * *@pbar2_qoffset: the BAR2 Offset of the @qid Registers
8507 * *@pbar2_qid: the BAR2 SGE Queue ID or 0 of @qid
8509 * If the returned BAR2 Queue ID is 0, then BAR2 SGE registers which
8510 * require the "Inferred Queue ID" ability may be used. E.g. the
8511 * Write Combining Doorbell Buffer. If the BAR2 Queue ID is not 0,
8512 * then these "Inferred Queue ID" register may not be used.
8514 int t4_bar2_sge_qregs(struct adapter *adapter,
8516 enum t4_bar2_qtype qtype,
8519 unsigned int *pbar2_qid)
8521 unsigned int page_shift, page_size, qpp_shift, qpp_mask;
8522 u64 bar2_page_offset, bar2_qoffset;
8523 unsigned int bar2_qid, bar2_qid_offset, bar2_qinferred;
8525 /* T4 doesn't support BAR2 SGE Queue registers for kernel mode queues */
8526 if (!user && is_t4(adapter->params.chip))
8529 /* Get our SGE Page Size parameters.
8531 page_shift = adapter->params.sge.hps + 10;
8532 page_size = 1 << page_shift;
8534 /* Get the right Queues per Page parameters for our Queue.
8536 qpp_shift = (qtype == T4_BAR2_QTYPE_EGRESS
8537 ? adapter->params.sge.eq_qpp
8538 : adapter->params.sge.iq_qpp);
8539 qpp_mask = (1 << qpp_shift) - 1;
8541 /* Calculate the basics of the BAR2 SGE Queue register area:
8542 * o The BAR2 page the Queue registers will be in.
8543 * o The BAR2 Queue ID.
8544 * o The BAR2 Queue ID Offset into the BAR2 page.
8546 bar2_page_offset = ((u64)(qid >> qpp_shift) << page_shift);
8547 bar2_qid = qid & qpp_mask;
8548 bar2_qid_offset = bar2_qid * SGE_UDB_SIZE;
8550 /* If the BAR2 Queue ID Offset is less than the Page Size, then the
8551 * hardware will infer the Absolute Queue ID simply from the writes to
8552 * the BAR2 Queue ID Offset within the BAR2 Page (and we need to use a
8553 * BAR2 Queue ID of 0 for those writes). Otherwise, we'll simply
8554 * write to the first BAR2 SGE Queue Area within the BAR2 Page with
8555 * the BAR2 Queue ID and the hardware will infer the Absolute Queue ID
8556 * from the BAR2 Page and BAR2 Queue ID.
8558 * One important censequence of this is that some BAR2 SGE registers
8559 * have a "Queue ID" field and we can write the BAR2 SGE Queue ID
8560 * there. But other registers synthesize the SGE Queue ID purely
8561 * from the writes to the registers -- the Write Combined Doorbell
8562 * Buffer is a good example. These BAR2 SGE Registers are only
8563 * available for those BAR2 SGE Register areas where the SGE Absolute
8564 * Queue ID can be inferred from simple writes.
8566 bar2_qoffset = bar2_page_offset;
8567 bar2_qinferred = (bar2_qid_offset < page_size);
8568 if (bar2_qinferred) {
8569 bar2_qoffset += bar2_qid_offset;
8573 *pbar2_qoffset = bar2_qoffset;
8574 *pbar2_qid = bar2_qid;
8579 * t4_init_devlog_params - initialize adapter->params.devlog
8580 * @adap: the adapter
8582 * Initialize various fields of the adapter's Firmware Device Log
8583 * Parameters structure.
8585 int t4_init_devlog_params(struct adapter *adap)
8587 struct devlog_params *dparams = &adap->params.devlog;
8589 unsigned int devlog_meminfo;
8590 struct fw_devlog_cmd devlog_cmd;
8593 /* If we're dealing with newer firmware, the Device Log Paramerters
8594 * are stored in a designated register which allows us to access the
8595 * Device Log even if we can't talk to the firmware.
8598 t4_read_reg(adap, PCIE_FW_REG(PCIE_FW_PF_A, PCIE_FW_PF_DEVLOG));
8600 unsigned int nentries, nentries128;
8602 dparams->memtype = PCIE_FW_PF_DEVLOG_MEMTYPE_G(pf_dparams);
8603 dparams->start = PCIE_FW_PF_DEVLOG_ADDR16_G(pf_dparams) << 4;
8605 nentries128 = PCIE_FW_PF_DEVLOG_NENTRIES128_G(pf_dparams);
8606 nentries = (nentries128 + 1) * 128;
8607 dparams->size = nentries * sizeof(struct fw_devlog_e);
8612 /* Otherwise, ask the firmware for it's Device Log Parameters.
8614 memset(&devlog_cmd, 0, sizeof(devlog_cmd));
8615 devlog_cmd.op_to_write = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_DEVLOG_CMD) |
8616 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_READ_F);
8617 devlog_cmd.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(devlog_cmd));
8618 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, adap->mbox, &devlog_cmd, sizeof(devlog_cmd),
8624 be32_to_cpu(devlog_cmd.memtype_devlog_memaddr16_devlog);
8625 dparams->memtype = FW_DEVLOG_CMD_MEMTYPE_DEVLOG_G(devlog_meminfo);
8626 dparams->start = FW_DEVLOG_CMD_MEMADDR16_DEVLOG_G(devlog_meminfo) << 4;
8627 dparams->size = be32_to_cpu(devlog_cmd.memsize_devlog);
8633 * t4_init_sge_params - initialize adap->params.sge
8634 * @adapter: the adapter
8636 * Initialize various fields of the adapter's SGE Parameters structure.
8638 int t4_init_sge_params(struct adapter *adapter)
8640 struct sge_params *sge_params = &adapter->params.sge;
8642 unsigned int s_hps, s_qpp;
8644 /* Extract the SGE Page Size for our PF.
8646 hps = t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_HOST_PAGE_SIZE_A);
8647 s_hps = (HOSTPAGESIZEPF0_S +
8648 (HOSTPAGESIZEPF1_S - HOSTPAGESIZEPF0_S) * adapter->pf);
8649 sge_params->hps = ((hps >> s_hps) & HOSTPAGESIZEPF0_M);
8651 /* Extract the SGE Egress and Ingess Queues Per Page for our PF.
8653 s_qpp = (QUEUESPERPAGEPF0_S +
8654 (QUEUESPERPAGEPF1_S - QUEUESPERPAGEPF0_S) * adapter->pf);
8655 qpp = t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_EGRESS_QUEUES_PER_PAGE_PF_A);
8656 sge_params->eq_qpp = ((qpp >> s_qpp) & QUEUESPERPAGEPF0_M);
8657 qpp = t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_INGRESS_QUEUES_PER_PAGE_PF_A);
8658 sge_params->iq_qpp = ((qpp >> s_qpp) & QUEUESPERPAGEPF0_M);
8664 * t4_init_tp_params - initialize adap->params.tp
8665 * @adap: the adapter
8667 * Initialize various fields of the adapter's TP Parameters structure.
8669 int t4_init_tp_params(struct adapter *adap)
8674 v = t4_read_reg(adap, TP_TIMER_RESOLUTION_A);
8675 adap->params.tp.tre = TIMERRESOLUTION_G(v);
8676 adap->params.tp.dack_re = DELAYEDACKRESOLUTION_G(v);
8678 /* MODQ_REQ_MAP defaults to setting queues 0-3 to chan 0-3 */
8679 for (chan = 0; chan < NCHAN; chan++)
8680 adap->params.tp.tx_modq[chan] = chan;
8682 /* Cache the adapter's Compressed Filter Mode and global Incress
8685 if (t4_use_ldst(adap)) {
8686 t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(adap, &adap->params.tp.vlan_pri_map, 1,
8687 TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP_A, 1);
8688 t4_fw_tp_pio_rw(adap, &adap->params.tp.ingress_config, 1,
8689 TP_INGRESS_CONFIG_A, 1);
8691 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, TP_PIO_DATA_A,
8692 &adap->params.tp.vlan_pri_map, 1,
8694 t4_read_indirect(adap, TP_PIO_ADDR_A, TP_PIO_DATA_A,
8695 &adap->params.tp.ingress_config, 1,
8696 TP_INGRESS_CONFIG_A);
8698 /* For T6, cache the adapter's compressed error vector
8699 * and passing outer header info for encapsulated packets.
8701 if (CHELSIO_CHIP_VERSION(adap->params.chip) > CHELSIO_T5) {
8702 v = t4_read_reg(adap, TP_OUT_CONFIG_A);
8703 adap->params.tp.rx_pkt_encap = (v & CRXPKTENC_F) ? 1 : 0;
8706 /* Now that we have TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP cached, we can calculate the field
8707 * shift positions of several elements of the Compressed Filter Tuple
8708 * for this adapter which we need frequently ...
8710 adap->params.tp.vlan_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, VLAN_F);
8711 adap->params.tp.vnic_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, VNIC_ID_F);
8712 adap->params.tp.port_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, PORT_F);
8713 adap->params.tp.protocol_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap,
8716 /* If TP_INGRESS_CONFIG.VNID == 0, then TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP.VNIC_ID
8717 * represents the presence of an Outer VLAN instead of a VNIC ID.
8719 if ((adap->params.tp.ingress_config & VNIC_F) == 0)
8720 adap->params.tp.vnic_shift = -1;
8726 * t4_filter_field_shift - calculate filter field shift
8727 * @adap: the adapter
8728 * @filter_sel: the desired field (from TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP bits)
8730 * Return the shift position of a filter field within the Compressed
8731 * Filter Tuple. The filter field is specified via its selection bit
8732 * within TP_VLAN_PRI_MAL (filter mode). E.g. F_VLAN.
8734 int t4_filter_field_shift(const struct adapter *adap, int filter_sel)
8736 unsigned int filter_mode = adap->params.tp.vlan_pri_map;
8740 if ((filter_mode & filter_sel) == 0)
8743 for (sel = 1, field_shift = 0; sel < filter_sel; sel <<= 1) {
8744 switch (filter_mode & sel) {
8746 field_shift += FT_FCOE_W;
8749 field_shift += FT_PORT_W;
8752 field_shift += FT_VNIC_ID_W;
8755 field_shift += FT_VLAN_W;
8758 field_shift += FT_TOS_W;
8761 field_shift += FT_PROTOCOL_W;
8764 field_shift += FT_ETHERTYPE_W;
8767 field_shift += FT_MACMATCH_W;
8770 field_shift += FT_MPSHITTYPE_W;
8772 case FRAGMENTATION_F:
8773 field_shift += FT_FRAGMENTATION_W;
8780 int t4_init_rss_mode(struct adapter *adap, int mbox)
8783 struct fw_rss_vi_config_cmd rvc;
8785 memset(&rvc, 0, sizeof(rvc));
8787 for_each_port(adap, i) {
8788 struct port_info *p = adap2pinfo(adap, i);
8791 cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD) |
8792 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_READ_F |
8793 FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD_VIID_V(p->viid));
8794 rvc.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(rvc));
8795 ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &rvc, sizeof(rvc), &rvc);
8798 p->rss_mode = be32_to_cpu(rvc.u.basicvirtual.defaultq_to_udpen);
8804 * t4_init_portinfo - allocate a virtual interface and initialize port_info
8805 * @pi: the port_info
8806 * @mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
8807 * @port: physical port associated with the VI
8808 * @pf: the PF owning the VI
8809 * @vf: the VF owning the VI
8810 * @mac: the MAC address of the VI
8812 * Allocates a virtual interface for the given physical port. If @mac is
8813 * not %NULL it contains the MAC address of the VI as assigned by FW.
8814 * @mac should be large enough to hold an Ethernet address.
8815 * Returns < 0 on error.
8817 int t4_init_portinfo(struct port_info *pi, int mbox,
8818 int port, int pf, int vf, u8 mac[])
8820 struct adapter *adapter = pi->adapter;
8821 unsigned int fw_caps = adapter->params.fw_caps_support;
8822 struct fw_port_cmd cmd;
8823 unsigned int rss_size;
8824 enum fw_port_type port_type;
8826 fw_port_cap32_t pcaps, acaps;
8829 /* If we haven't yet determined whether we're talking to Firmware
8830 * which knows the new 32-bit Port Capabilities, it's time to find
8831 * out now. This will also tell new Firmware to send us Port Status
8832 * Updates using the new 32-bit Port Capabilities version of the
8833 * Port Information message.
8835 if (fw_caps == FW_CAPS_UNKNOWN) {
8838 param = (FW_PARAMS_MNEM_V(FW_PARAMS_MNEM_PFVF) |
8839 FW_PARAMS_PARAM_X_V(FW_PARAMS_PARAM_PFVF_PORT_CAPS32));
8841 ret = t4_set_params(adapter, mbox, pf, vf, 1, ¶m, &val);
8842 fw_caps = (ret == 0 ? FW_CAPS32 : FW_CAPS16);
8843 adapter->params.fw_caps_support = fw_caps;
8846 memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
8847 cmd.op_to_portid = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_PORT_CMD) |
8848 FW_CMD_REQUEST_F | FW_CMD_READ_F |
8849 FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID_V(port));
8850 cmd.action_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(
8851 FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION_V(fw_caps == FW_CAPS16
8852 ? FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO
8853 : FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO32) |
8855 ret = t4_wr_mbox(pi->adapter, mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd), &cmd);
8859 /* Extract the various fields from the Port Information message.
8861 if (fw_caps == FW_CAPS16) {
8862 u32 lstatus = be32_to_cpu(cmd.u.info.lstatus_to_modtype);
8864 port_type = FW_PORT_CMD_PTYPE_G(lstatus);
8865 mdio_addr = ((lstatus & FW_PORT_CMD_MDIOCAP_F)
8866 ? FW_PORT_CMD_MDIOADDR_G(lstatus)
8868 pcaps = fwcaps16_to_caps32(be16_to_cpu(cmd.u.info.pcap));
8869 acaps = fwcaps16_to_caps32(be16_to_cpu(cmd.u.info.acap));
8871 u32 lstatus32 = be32_to_cpu(cmd.u.info32.lstatus32_to_cbllen32);
8873 port_type = FW_PORT_CMD_PORTTYPE32_G(lstatus32);
8874 mdio_addr = ((lstatus32 & FW_PORT_CMD_MDIOCAP32_F)
8875 ? FW_PORT_CMD_MDIOADDR32_G(lstatus32)
8877 pcaps = be32_to_cpu(cmd.u.info32.pcaps32);
8878 acaps = be32_to_cpu(cmd.u.info32.acaps32);
8881 ret = t4_alloc_vi(pi->adapter, mbox, port, pf, vf, 1, mac, &rss_size);
8888 pi->rss_size = rss_size;
8890 pi->port_type = port_type;
8891 pi->mdio_addr = mdio_addr;
8892 pi->mod_type = FW_PORT_MOD_TYPE_NA;
8894 init_link_config(&pi->link_cfg, pcaps, acaps);
8898 int t4_port_init(struct adapter *adap, int mbox, int pf, int vf)
8903 for_each_port(adap, i) {
8904 struct port_info *pi = adap2pinfo(adap, i);
8906 while ((adap->params.portvec & (1 << j)) == 0)
8909 ret = t4_init_portinfo(pi, mbox, j, pf, vf, addr);
8913 memcpy(adap->port[i]->dev_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
8920 * t4_read_cimq_cfg - read CIM queue configuration
8921 * @adap: the adapter
8922 * @base: holds the queue base addresses in bytes
8923 * @size: holds the queue sizes in bytes
8924 * @thres: holds the queue full thresholds in bytes
8926 * Returns the current configuration of the CIM queues, starting with
8927 * the IBQs, then the OBQs.
8929 void t4_read_cimq_cfg(struct adapter *adap, u16 *base, u16 *size, u16 *thres)
8932 int cim_num_obq = is_t4(adap->params.chip) ?
8933 CIM_NUM_OBQ : CIM_NUM_OBQ_T5;
8935 for (i = 0; i < CIM_NUM_IBQ; i++) {
8936 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_REF_A, IBQSELECT_F |
8938 v = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_CTRL_A);
8939 /* value is in 256-byte units */
8940 *base++ = CIMQBASE_G(v) * 256;
8941 *size++ = CIMQSIZE_G(v) * 256;
8942 *thres++ = QUEFULLTHRSH_G(v) * 8; /* 8-byte unit */
8944 for (i = 0; i < cim_num_obq; i++) {
8945 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_REF_A, OBQSELECT_F |
8947 v = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_CTRL_A);
8948 /* value is in 256-byte units */
8949 *base++ = CIMQBASE_G(v) * 256;
8950 *size++ = CIMQSIZE_G(v) * 256;
8955 * t4_read_cim_ibq - read the contents of a CIM inbound queue
8956 * @adap: the adapter
8957 * @qid: the queue index
8958 * @data: where to store the queue contents
8959 * @n: capacity of @data in 32-bit words
8961 * Reads the contents of the selected CIM queue starting at address 0 up
8962 * to the capacity of @data. @n must be a multiple of 4. Returns < 0 on
8963 * error and the number of 32-bit words actually read on success.
8965 int t4_read_cim_ibq(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int qid, u32 *data, size_t n)
8967 int i, err, attempts;
8969 const unsigned int nwords = CIM_IBQ_SIZE * 4;
8971 if (qid > 5 || (n & 3))
8974 addr = qid * nwords;
8978 /* It might take 3-10ms before the IBQ debug read access is allowed.
8979 * Wait for 1 Sec with a delay of 1 usec.
8983 for (i = 0; i < n; i++, addr++) {
8984 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_IBQ_DBG_CFG_A, IBQDBGADDR_V(addr) |
8986 err = t4_wait_op_done(adap, CIM_IBQ_DBG_CFG_A, IBQDBGBUSY_F, 0,
8990 *data++ = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_IBQ_DBG_DATA_A);
8992 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_IBQ_DBG_CFG_A, 0);
8997 * t4_read_cim_obq - read the contents of a CIM outbound queue
8998 * @adap: the adapter
8999 * @qid: the queue index
9000 * @data: where to store the queue contents
9001 * @n: capacity of @data in 32-bit words
9003 * Reads the contents of the selected CIM queue starting at address 0 up
9004 * to the capacity of @data. @n must be a multiple of 4. Returns < 0 on
9005 * error and the number of 32-bit words actually read on success.
9007 int t4_read_cim_obq(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int qid, u32 *data, size_t n)
9010 unsigned int addr, v, nwords;
9011 int cim_num_obq = is_t4(adap->params.chip) ?
9012 CIM_NUM_OBQ : CIM_NUM_OBQ_T5;
9014 if ((qid > (cim_num_obq - 1)) || (n & 3))
9017 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_REF_A, OBQSELECT_F |
9018 QUENUMSELECT_V(qid));
9019 v = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_CTRL_A);
9021 addr = CIMQBASE_G(v) * 64; /* muliple of 256 -> muliple of 4 */
9022 nwords = CIMQSIZE_G(v) * 64; /* same */
9026 for (i = 0; i < n; i++, addr++) {
9027 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_OBQ_DBG_CFG_A, OBQDBGADDR_V(addr) |
9029 err = t4_wait_op_done(adap, CIM_OBQ_DBG_CFG_A, OBQDBGBUSY_F, 0,
9033 *data++ = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_OBQ_DBG_DATA_A);
9035 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_OBQ_DBG_CFG_A, 0);
9040 * t4_cim_read - read a block from CIM internal address space
9041 * @adap: the adapter
9042 * @addr: the start address within the CIM address space
9043 * @n: number of words to read
9044 * @valp: where to store the result
9046 * Reads a block of 4-byte words from the CIM intenal address space.
9048 int t4_cim_read(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int n,
9053 if (t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL_A) & HOSTBUSY_F)
9056 for ( ; !ret && n--; addr += 4) {
9057 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL_A, addr);
9058 ret = t4_wait_op_done(adap, CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL_A, HOSTBUSY_F,
9061 *valp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_HOST_ACC_DATA_A);
9067 * t4_cim_write - write a block into CIM internal address space
9068 * @adap: the adapter
9069 * @addr: the start address within the CIM address space
9070 * @n: number of words to write
9071 * @valp: set of values to write
9073 * Writes a block of 4-byte words into the CIM intenal address space.
9075 int t4_cim_write(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int n,
9076 const unsigned int *valp)
9080 if (t4_read_reg(adap, CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL_A) & HOSTBUSY_F)
9083 for ( ; !ret && n--; addr += 4) {
9084 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_HOST_ACC_DATA_A, *valp++);
9085 t4_write_reg(adap, CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL_A, addr | HOSTWRITE_F);
9086 ret = t4_wait_op_done(adap, CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL_A, HOSTBUSY_F,
9092 static int t4_cim_write1(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr,
9095 return t4_cim_write(adap, addr, 1, &val);
9099 * t4_cim_read_la - read CIM LA capture buffer
9100 * @adap: the adapter
9101 * @la_buf: where to store the LA data
9102 * @wrptr: the HW write pointer within the capture buffer
9104 * Reads the contents of the CIM LA buffer with the most recent entry at
9105 * the end of the returned data and with the entry at @wrptr first.
9106 * We try to leave the LA in the running state we find it in.
9108 int t4_cim_read_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *la_buf, unsigned int *wrptr)
9111 unsigned int cfg, val, idx;
9113 ret = t4_cim_read(adap, UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG_A, 1, &cfg);
9117 if (cfg & UPDBGLAEN_F) { /* LA is running, freeze it */
9118 ret = t4_cim_write1(adap, UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG_A, 0);
9123 ret = t4_cim_read(adap, UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG_A, 1, &val);
9127 idx = UPDBGLAWRPTR_G(val);
9131 for (i = 0; i < adap->params.cim_la_size; i++) {
9132 ret = t4_cim_write1(adap, UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG_A,
9133 UPDBGLARDPTR_V(idx) | UPDBGLARDEN_F);
9136 ret = t4_cim_read(adap, UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG_A, 1, &val);
9139 if (val & UPDBGLARDEN_F) {
9143 ret = t4_cim_read(adap, UP_UP_DBG_LA_DATA_A, 1, &la_buf[i]);
9147 /* Bits 0-3 of UpDbgLaRdPtr can be between 0000 to 1001 to
9148 * identify the 32-bit portion of the full 312-bit data
9150 if (is_t6(adap->params.chip) && (idx & 0xf) >= 9)
9151 idx = (idx & 0xff0) + 0x10;
9154 /* address can't exceed 0xfff */
9155 idx &= UPDBGLARDPTR_M;
9158 if (cfg & UPDBGLAEN_F) {
9159 int r = t4_cim_write1(adap, UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG_A,
9160 cfg & ~UPDBGLARDEN_F);
9168 * t4_tp_read_la - read TP LA capture buffer
9169 * @adap: the adapter
9170 * @la_buf: where to store the LA data
9171 * @wrptr: the HW write pointer within the capture buffer
9173 * Reads the contents of the TP LA buffer with the most recent entry at
9174 * the end of the returned data and with the entry at @wrptr first.
9175 * We leave the LA in the running state we find it in.
9177 void t4_tp_read_la(struct adapter *adap, u64 *la_buf, unsigned int *wrptr)
9179 bool last_incomplete;
9180 unsigned int i, cfg, val, idx;
9182 cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG_A) & 0xffff;
9183 if (cfg & DBGLAENABLE_F) /* freeze LA */
9184 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG_A,
9185 adap->params.tp.la_mask | (cfg ^ DBGLAENABLE_F));
9187 val = t4_read_reg(adap, TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG_A);
9188 idx = DBGLAWPTR_G(val);
9189 last_incomplete = DBGLAMODE_G(val) >= 2 && (val & DBGLAWHLF_F) == 0;
9190 if (last_incomplete)
9191 idx = (idx + 1) & DBGLARPTR_M;
9196 val &= ~DBGLARPTR_V(DBGLARPTR_M);
9197 val |= adap->params.tp.la_mask;
9199 for (i = 0; i < TPLA_SIZE; i++) {
9200 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG_A, DBGLARPTR_V(idx) | val);
9201 la_buf[i] = t4_read_reg64(adap, TP_DBG_LA_DATAL_A);
9202 idx = (idx + 1) & DBGLARPTR_M;
9205 /* Wipe out last entry if it isn't valid */
9206 if (last_incomplete)
9207 la_buf[TPLA_SIZE - 1] = ~0ULL;
9209 if (cfg & DBGLAENABLE_F) /* restore running state */
9210 t4_write_reg(adap, TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG_A,
9211 cfg | adap->params.tp.la_mask);
9214 /* SGE Hung Ingress DMA Warning Threshold time and Warning Repeat Rate (in
9215 * seconds). If we find one of the SGE Ingress DMA State Machines in the same
9216 * state for more than the Warning Threshold then we'll issue a warning about
9217 * a potential hang. We'll repeat the warning as the SGE Ingress DMA Channel
9218 * appears to be hung every Warning Repeat second till the situation clears.
9219 * If the situation clears, we'll note that as well.
9221 #define SGE_IDMA_WARN_THRESH 1
9222 #define SGE_IDMA_WARN_REPEAT 300
9225 * t4_idma_monitor_init - initialize SGE Ingress DMA Monitor
9226 * @adapter: the adapter
9227 * @idma: the adapter IDMA Monitor state
9229 * Initialize the state of an SGE Ingress DMA Monitor.
9231 void t4_idma_monitor_init(struct adapter *adapter,
9232 struct sge_idma_monitor_state *idma)
9234 /* Initialize the state variables for detecting an SGE Ingress DMA
9235 * hang. The SGE has internal counters which count up on each clock
9236 * tick whenever the SGE finds its Ingress DMA State Engines in the
9237 * same state they were on the previous clock tick. The clock used is
9238 * the Core Clock so we have a limit on the maximum "time" they can
9239 * record; typically a very small number of seconds. For instance,
9240 * with a 600MHz Core Clock, we can only count up to a bit more than
9241 * 7s. So we'll synthesize a larger counter in order to not run the
9242 * risk of having the "timers" overflow and give us the flexibility to
9243 * maintain a Hung SGE State Machine of our own which operates across
9244 * a longer time frame.
9246 idma->idma_1s_thresh = core_ticks_per_usec(adapter) * 1000000; /* 1s */
9247 idma->idma_stalled[0] = 0;
9248 idma->idma_stalled[1] = 0;
9252 * t4_idma_monitor - monitor SGE Ingress DMA state
9253 * @adapter: the adapter
9254 * @idma: the adapter IDMA Monitor state
9255 * @hz: number of ticks/second
9256 * @ticks: number of ticks since the last IDMA Monitor call
9258 void t4_idma_monitor(struct adapter *adapter,
9259 struct sge_idma_monitor_state *idma,
9262 int i, idma_same_state_cnt[2];
9264 /* Read the SGE Debug Ingress DMA Same State Count registers. These
9265 * are counters inside the SGE which count up on each clock when the
9266 * SGE finds its Ingress DMA State Engines in the same states they
9267 * were in the previous clock. The counters will peg out at
9268 * 0xffffffff without wrapping around so once they pass the 1s
9269 * threshold they'll stay above that till the IDMA state changes.
9271 t4_write_reg(adapter, SGE_DEBUG_INDEX_A, 13);
9272 idma_same_state_cnt[0] = t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_DEBUG_DATA_HIGH_A);
9273 idma_same_state_cnt[1] = t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_DEBUG_DATA_LOW_A);
9275 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
9276 u32 debug0, debug11;
9278 /* If the Ingress DMA Same State Counter ("timer") is less
9279 * than 1s, then we can reset our synthesized Stall Timer and
9280 * continue. If we have previously emitted warnings about a
9281 * potential stalled Ingress Queue, issue a note indicating
9282 * that the Ingress Queue has resumed forward progress.
9284 if (idma_same_state_cnt[i] < idma->idma_1s_thresh) {
9285 if (idma->idma_stalled[i] >= SGE_IDMA_WARN_THRESH * hz)
9286 dev_warn(adapter->pdev_dev, "SGE idma%d, queue %u, "
9287 "resumed after %d seconds\n",
9288 i, idma->idma_qid[i],
9289 idma->idma_stalled[i] / hz);
9290 idma->idma_stalled[i] = 0;
9294 /* Synthesize an SGE Ingress DMA Same State Timer in the Hz
9295 * domain. The first time we get here it'll be because we
9296 * passed the 1s Threshold; each additional time it'll be
9297 * because the RX Timer Callback is being fired on its regular
9300 * If the stall is below our Potential Hung Ingress Queue
9301 * Warning Threshold, continue.
9303 if (idma->idma_stalled[i] == 0) {
9304 idma->idma_stalled[i] = hz;
9305 idma->idma_warn[i] = 0;
9307 idma->idma_stalled[i] += ticks;
9308 idma->idma_warn[i] -= ticks;
9311 if (idma->idma_stalled[i] < SGE_IDMA_WARN_THRESH * hz)
9314 /* We'll issue a warning every SGE_IDMA_WARN_REPEAT seconds.
9316 if (idma->idma_warn[i] > 0)
9318 idma->idma_warn[i] = SGE_IDMA_WARN_REPEAT * hz;
9320 /* Read and save the SGE IDMA State and Queue ID information.
9321 * We do this every time in case it changes across time ...
9322 * can't be too careful ...
9324 t4_write_reg(adapter, SGE_DEBUG_INDEX_A, 0);
9325 debug0 = t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_DEBUG_DATA_LOW_A);
9326 idma->idma_state[i] = (debug0 >> (i * 9)) & 0x3f;
9328 t4_write_reg(adapter, SGE_DEBUG_INDEX_A, 11);
9329 debug11 = t4_read_reg(adapter, SGE_DEBUG_DATA_LOW_A);
9330 idma->idma_qid[i] = (debug11 >> (i * 16)) & 0xffff;
9332 dev_warn(adapter->pdev_dev, "SGE idma%u, queue %u, potentially stuck in "
9333 "state %u for %d seconds (debug0=%#x, debug11=%#x)\n",
9334 i, idma->idma_qid[i], idma->idma_state[i],
9335 idma->idma_stalled[i] / hz,
9337 t4_sge_decode_idma_state(adapter, idma->idma_state[i]);
9342 * t4_load_cfg - download config file
9343 * @adap: the adapter
9344 * @cfg_data: the cfg text file to write
9345 * @size: text file size
9347 * Write the supplied config text file to the card's serial flash.
9349 int t4_load_cfg(struct adapter *adap, const u8 *cfg_data, unsigned int size)
9351 int ret, i, n, cfg_addr;
9353 unsigned int flash_cfg_start_sec;
9354 unsigned int sf_sec_size = adap->params.sf_size / adap->params.sf_nsec;
9356 cfg_addr = t4_flash_cfg_addr(adap);
9361 flash_cfg_start_sec = addr / SF_SEC_SIZE;
9363 if (size > FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE) {
9364 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "cfg file too large, max is %u bytes\n",
9365 FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE);
9369 i = DIV_ROUND_UP(FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE, /* # of sectors spanned */
9371 ret = t4_flash_erase_sectors(adap, flash_cfg_start_sec,
9372 flash_cfg_start_sec + i - 1);
9373 /* If size == 0 then we're simply erasing the FLASH sectors associated
9374 * with the on-adapter Firmware Configuration File.
9376 if (ret || size == 0)
9379 /* this will write to the flash up to SF_PAGE_SIZE at a time */
9380 for (i = 0; i < size; i += SF_PAGE_SIZE) {
9381 if ((size - i) < SF_PAGE_SIZE)
9385 ret = t4_write_flash(adap, addr, n, cfg_data);
9389 addr += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
9390 cfg_data += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
9395 dev_err(adap->pdev_dev, "config file %s failed %d\n",
9396 (size == 0 ? "clear" : "download"), ret);
9401 * t4_set_vf_mac - Set MAC address for the specified VF
9402 * @adapter: The adapter
9403 * @vf: one of the VFs instantiated by the specified PF
9404 * @naddr: the number of MAC addresses
9405 * @addr: the MAC address(es) to be set to the specified VF
9407 int t4_set_vf_mac_acl(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int vf,
9408 unsigned int naddr, u8 *addr)
9410 struct fw_acl_mac_cmd cmd;
9412 memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
9413 cmd.op_to_vfn = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_ACL_MAC_CMD) |
9416 FW_ACL_MAC_CMD_PFN_V(adapter->pf) |
9417 FW_ACL_MAC_CMD_VFN_V(vf));
9419 /* Note: Do not enable the ACL */
9420 cmd.en_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32((unsigned int)FW_LEN16(cmd));
9423 switch (adapter->pf) {
9425 memcpy(cmd.macaddr3, addr, sizeof(cmd.macaddr3));
9428 memcpy(cmd.macaddr2, addr, sizeof(cmd.macaddr2));
9431 memcpy(cmd.macaddr1, addr, sizeof(cmd.macaddr1));
9434 memcpy(cmd.macaddr0, addr, sizeof(cmd.macaddr0));
9438 return t4_wr_mbox(adapter, adapter->mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd), &cmd);
9441 int t4_sched_params(struct adapter *adapter, int type, int level, int mode,
9442 int rateunit, int ratemode, int channel, int class,
9443 int minrate, int maxrate, int weight, int pktsize)
9445 struct fw_sched_cmd cmd;
9447 memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
9448 cmd.op_to_write = cpu_to_be32(FW_CMD_OP_V(FW_SCHED_CMD) |
9451 cmd.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(cmd));
9453 cmd.u.params.sc = FW_SCHED_SC_PARAMS;
9454 cmd.u.params.type = type;
9455 cmd.u.params.level = level;
9456 cmd.u.params.mode = mode;
9457 cmd.u.params.ch = channel;
9458 cmd.u.params.cl = class;
9459 cmd.u.params.unit = rateunit;
9460 cmd.u.params.rate = ratemode;
9461 cmd.u.params.min = cpu_to_be32(minrate);
9462 cmd.u.params.max = cpu_to_be32(maxrate);
9463 cmd.u.params.weight = cpu_to_be16(weight);
9464 cmd.u.params.pktsize = cpu_to_be16(pktsize);
9466 return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adapter, adapter->mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd),